manual gmc

7/27/2019 Manual GMC

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-gmc 1/409



ge 2-4



The 1997 GMC Jimmy Owner’s Manual

1-1

2-1

3- 1

4-1

5- 1

6-1

7-

8- 1

9-1

Seats and R estraint SystemsThis section tells you h o w t o use your seats and sal’ety belts properly. I t also cxplains the “SIR” system.

Features and C ontrolsThis section explains ho w t o start and operate your vehicle.

Comfort Controls and Audio SystemsThis section tells you h o w t o adjust the ventilation and comfort controls and ho w to operate your audio system.

Your Driving and the R oadHere you‘ll find helpful information and tips about the road and how t o drive under different conditions.

Problems on the RoadThis section tells what t o do if you have a problem while driving, such as a flat tire o r overheated engine. etc

Service and Appearance CareHere the manual tells y o u how to keep your vehicle running properly and looking good .

Maintenance ScheduleThis section tells you when t o perform vehicle maintenance and what fluids and lubricants to use.

Customer Assistance InformationThis section tells you llow to contact G M C for assistance and ho w to get service and owner publications.

I t also gives you information on ”Reporling Safety Defects” on pase X- I O .

i



GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, G M C ,the GMC Emblem and the name JIMMY are registeredtradernarks of General Motors Corporation.

This manual includes the latest information at the timeit was printed. We reserve the right to make changesin the product after that time without further notice.

For vehicles first sold in Canada, substitute the name“General Motors of Canada Limited” for G M Cwhenever it appears in this manual.

Please keep this manual in your vehicle, so it will bethere if you ever need i t when you’re on the road. If yo11sell the vehicle. please leave this manual i n i t so the newowner can use it.

Litho in U.S.A.

X 97 11 B First Edition

We support voluntary! technician certification.

WE SUPPORT

VOLUNTARY TECHNICIANCERTIFICATIONTHROUGH

National nstitLte or

A U T O M O T I V ES E R V I C E

E X C E L L E N C E

For Canadian Owners Who Prefer a

French Language Manual:Aux propriktaires canadiens: Vous pouvez vousprocurer un exenlplaire de ce guide en franpis chezvotre concessionaire ou au:

DGN Marketing Services Ltd.1SO0 Bonhill Rd.Mississauga. Ontario LST 1C7

(E?

”Copyright General Motors Corporation 1996

All Rights Reserved



About Driving Your Vehicle

As with other vehicles of this type, failure to operate thisvehicle correctly may result i n loss of control or anaccident. Be sure to read the “on-pavement’‘ and“off-road“ driving guidelines in this manual. (See“Driving Guidelines” and “Off-Road Driving with your

Four-Wheel-Drive Vehicle” in the Index.)

How to Use this Manual

Many people read their owner‘s manual from beginningto end when they first receive their new vehicle. I f youdo this, i t will help you learn about the features andcontrols for your vehicle. In this manual, you’ll findthat pictures and words work together to explain

things quickly.

Index

A good place to look for what you need is the Indexin the back of the manual. It‘s an alphabetical list ofwhat’s i n th e manual, and the page number whereyou’ll f ind i t .

Safety Warnings and Symbols

You will find a number of safety cautions in this book.We use a box and the word CAUTION to tell youabout things that could hurt you if you were to ignorethe warning.

/!\ CAUTION:

These mean there is something that could hurt

you or other people.

In the caution area, we tell yo u what the haz.ard is. Then

we tell you what to do to help avoid or reduce thehazard. Please read these cautions. I f you don‘t, you orothers could be hurt.

ii i



You will also find a circlewith a slash through it i n

this book. This safetysymbol means ”Don’t,”“Don’t do this,’‘ or “Don‘tlet this happen.”

Vehicle Damage Warnings

Also, in this book you will find these notices:

I NOTICE:

These mean there is something that could

damage your vehicle.

In the notice area, we tell you about something that candamage your vehicle. Many times, this damage wouldnot be covered by your warranty, and it could be costly.But the notice will tell you what to do to help avoidthe damage.

When you read other manuals, you might see

CAUTION and NOTICE warnings i n different colors orin different words.

You’ll also see warning labels on your vehicle. They usethe s a n ~ e ords, CAUTION or NOTICE.

iv



~

Vehicle Symbols

These are some of the symbols you may find on your vehicle.

POSSIBLE AAUTION

INJ URY

PROTECTEYES BY

SHIELDING

CAUSTIC

ACID COULD&ATTERY

CAUSEBURNS

AVOIDSPARKS OR

FLAMES

SPARK OR ,\I/,COULDFLAME

EXPLODEBATTERY

DOOR LOCKUNLOCK

FASTENSEAT

BELTS

POWERWINDOW

SIGNALS eURN

RUNNING.':o'oAYTIME

LAMPS. . e

FOG LAMPS$0

These symbolsare on some o f

your controls:

WINDSHIELDWIPER

WINDSHIELDDEFROSTER

VENTILATINGFAN

These symbolsar e used 011

warning andindicator lights:

COOLANTTEMP

CHARGING I-1Al lERY

SYSTEM

BRAKE (@)

COOLANTaENGINE OILe,PRESSURE

ANTI-LOCK (@)BRAKES

Here are someother symbolsYOLImay see:

FUSE

tLIGHTERm

HORNk3

SPEAKER bFUEL

I&

V



Model Reference

This manual covers these models:

Two-Door Utility Four-Door Utility

vi



Section 1 Seats and Restraint Systems

Here you’ll find information about the seatsn your vehicle and how to use your safety belts properly.ou can also

learn about some things ou shouldnot do with air bags and safety belts.

1-2

1-8

1-12

1-13

1-13

1-20

1-26

1-26

1-26

Seats andSeat Controls

Safety Belts: They’reor Everyone

Here Are Questions Many People sk About

Safety Belts - and the Answers

How to Wear Safety Belts Properly

Driver Position

Supplemental Inflatable

Restraint (SIR) System

Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy

Right Front Passenger Position

Center Front Passenger Position@-Door Models)

1-28

1-31

1-34

1-35

1-37

1-44

1-47

1-47

1-48

Rear Seat Passengers

Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guidesor Children

and Small Adults4-DOOr Models)

Center Rear Passenger Position

(4-DOOr Models)

Children

Child Restraints

Larger Children

Safety Belt Extender

Checking Your Restraint Systems

Replacing Restraint System PartsAfter a Crash



Seats and SeatControlsThis section tells you about th e seats -- how to adjustthem, and fold them up and down.

Manual Front Seat

You can lose control of the vehicle if you try to

adjust a manual driver’s seatwhile the vehicle is

moving. The suddenmovement could startle and

confuse you, or make you push a pedal when you

don’t want to. Ad.just the driver’s seat nly whenthe vehicle is not moving.

where you want it. Thenrelease th e lever and try to

move the seat with yourbody to make sure the seatis locked into place.

Move the lever under the

front of the easy entry seatup to unlock it. Slide theseat t o where you want it .

Then release the lever andtry to move the seat with

your body to make sure theseat is locked into place.

1-2



hanual Lumbar Support Power Driver’s Seat (Option)

If you have this eature,

there willbe a knob on the

outside of the driver and

passenger bucket seats.

Turn the knobcounterclockwise to

increase lumbar support

If you have this feature, there will becontrol padon

your driver’s seat.

To make thefront of the seat move up or down, use

control A.

To make the rear f the seat move p or down, use

control C.

Use controlB to move he whole seat up, down, forward

or backward.

1-3



Power Lumbarontrol (Option) Reclining Front Seatbacks

If you have this control, it

located on the side f the

driver’s seat.

1s

Press and holdhe front of the control until ou nave medesired lumbar support.o decrease lumbar support,

press the rear f the control.

Release the lever to lock the seatback whereou want it.Pull up on the lever and the seat willo to anupright position.

1-4



But don’t have a seatback reclined f your vehicle is moving.

Sitting in a reclined position when your vehicle is

in motion can be dangerous. Evenf you buckle

up, your safety belts can’t do their job when

you’re reclined like this.

The shoulder belt can’t do its job because it

won’t be against your body. Instead, it will be in

front of you. In a crash you couldo into it,

receiving neck or other injur ies.

The lapbelt can’t do its job either. Incrash the

belt could goup over your abdomen. The belt

forces would be there, not t yourpelvic bones.This could cause serious internal injuries.

For proper protectionwhen the vehicle is in

motion, have the seatback upright. Then sitwell

back in the seat and wear your afety belt properly.

1-5



Head Restraints

Head restraints are fixed on some models and adjustableon others. Slide an adjustable head restraint up or downso that th e top of the restraint is closest t o the top ofyour ears. This position reduces the chance of a neckinjury in a crash.

Your adjustable head restraint may also be tilted forwardfor greater comfort.

Seatback Latches

The front seatback foldsforward to let people getinto the back seat or to

access the storage areabehind the seat.

To fold the front seatbackforward, l i f t the latch andpush the seat forward.

To return the seatback to the upright position, push theseatback all the way back until the latch catches. If theseatback was reclined before being folded forward, i t

will return t o the reclined position.

- -

A C A U T d N :-If the seatback isn’t locked, it could move

forward in a sudden stopor crash. That could

cause injury to the person sitting there. Always

press rearward on the seatback to be sure it

is locked.

1-6



Easy Entry Seat (2-DoorModels)

The right front seat of your vehicle makes i t easy to getin and out of the rear seat.

0 Tilt the right front seatback completely forward andthe whole seat w i l l slide forward.

0

Move the seatback to its original position aftersomeone sets into th e rear seat area. Then move theseat rearward until it locks.

If an easy entry right front seat isn’t locked, it

can move. In a sudden stop or crash,he personsitting there could be iqjured. After you’ve used

it, be sure to push rearwa rd on an easy entry seat

to be sure it is locked.

e Tilt the seatback completely forward again to get out.

Rear Seats

Your vehicle has a folding rear seat which lets you foldthe seatbacks down for more cargo space.

The rear seat release handles are in the upper center ofthe rear o f the seatbacks. Push back on the seatbacks as

you pull up on the handles.

To raise the seatbacks, just l if t up the seatbacks and pushunt i l they lock in the upright position.

Push and pull on the seatbacks to check that the latcheshave locked in the upright position. I f they haven’t. havethem fixed immediately.



Safety Belts: They’re for EveryoneThis part of the manual tells you ho w to use safety beltsproperly. It also tells you some things you should not dowith safety belts.

An d it explains the Supplemental Inflatable RestraintSIR),or air bag system.

IA CAUTION:

1 Don’t let anyone ride where he or she can’t wear

~ a safety belt properly. If you are in a crash and

~ you’re not wearing a safety belt, your injuries

~ can be much worse. You can hit things inside thevehicle or be ejected from it. You can be seriously

injured or killed. In the ame crash,you might

not be if you are buckled up. Always fasten your

safety belt, and check that your passengers’ belts

are fastened properly too.

/i\ CAC ;ION:

It is extremely dangerous to ride n a cargo area,

inside or outside of a vehicle. In acollision,

people riding in these areas aremore likely to be

seriously injured or killed. Do not allow people to

ride in any area of your vehicle that is not

equipped with seats and safety belts. Be sure

everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a

safety belt properly.

1-8



Your vehicle has a light thatcomes on a s ; reminder t o

buckle up. (See “SafetyBelt Reminder Light” in

the Index.)

In most states and Canadian provinces, he law says to

wear safety belts. Here’s why: T ~ C J Jr ~ ~ r - k .

You never know if you‘ll be i n a crash. If y o u do have a

crash, you don’t know if i t will be a bad one.

A few crashes aremild. and some crashes an be so

serious that even buckled up a person wouldn’t survive.But most crashes are in between. In many o f them,people w h o buckle up can survive and sometimes w a l k

away. Without belts they coulct have been badly h u r t

or killed.

After more than 25 years of safety belts i n vehicles,

the facts are clear. I n most crashes buckling u p doesmatter ... a lot!

Why Safety Belts Work

When you ride i n or o n anything, you go as fast as it goes.

L

Take th e simplest vehicle. Suppose t’s just a seat on wheels.

1-9



G et i t LIP to speed. Then stop th e vehicle. T he rider

docsn’t stop.

1-10



The person keeps going unt i l stopped by something.

I n a real vehicle. it c o ~ ~ l de the windshield ...

1-11



or the safety belts!

With safety belts,you slow down as the vehicle does.

You get more time to stop. ou stop over more distance,

and your strongest bones take theorces. That’s why

safety belts make such good sense.

Here Are Questions Many People A

About SafetyBelts -- and the Answer

&: Won’t I be trapped in the vehicle after an

accident if I’m wearing a safety belt?

A: Youcould

be -- whether you’re wearinga safetybelt or not. But you can unbucklesafety belt,

even if you’re upside down. And your chance of

being conscious during and after an accident,o

you can unbuckle and get out, is uch greater if

you are belted.

@’ If my vehicle hasair bags,why shouldI have to

wear safety belts?

A: Air bags are in many vehicles today and will be

in most of them in the uture. But they are

supplemental systems only;o they work with

safety belts - not instead of them. Every air bag

system ever offered for sale has required the usf

safety belts. Evenf you’re ina vehicle that hasar

bags, you still have o buckle up to get the most

protection. That’s true not onlyn frontal collision

but especially in side and other collisions.

1-12



If I'm a good driver, and I never drive far from

home, why should I wear safety belts?

A: You may be an excellent driver. but if you're in an

accident -- even one that isn't your fault -- you and

your passengers can be hurt. Being a good driver

doesn't protect you from things beyond your

control, such as bad drivers.

Most accidents occur within 25 miles (40 km) of

home. And the greatest number of serious injuries

and deaths occur at speeds of less than 40 mph

(65 km/h).

Safety belts are for everyone.

How to Wear Safety Belts Properly

Adults

This part is only for people of adult size.

Be aware that there are special hings to know about safetybelts and children. And there are different rules for smaller

children and babies. I f a child will be riding in yourvehicle, see thepart of this manual called "Children."Follow those rules for everyone's protection.

First, you'll want to know which restraint systems yourvehicle has.

We'll start with the driver position.

Driver PositionThis part describes the driver's restraint system.

Lap-Shoulder Belt

The driver has a lap-shoulder belt. Here's how to wearit properly.

I . Close and lock the door.

2. Adjust the seat (to see how, see "Seats" i n the Index)so you can sit up straight.

1-13



3. Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt across you.Don‘t let i t get twisted.

4. Push the latch plate into the buckle unti l i t clicks.

Pull up on the latch plate to make sure i t is secure.If the belt isn’t long enough, see “Safety elt

Extender” at the end of this section.

Make sure the release button on the b ~ ~ c k l espositioned so you would be able to unbuckle thesafety belt quickly if yo u ever had to.

5 . To make the lap part tight, pull down on the buckleend of the belt a s you pull up on the shoulder belt.



The lap part of the belt should be worn low and snug o

the hips, ust touching the thighs. n a crash, this applies

force to the strong pelvic bones.nd you’d be ess

likely to slide under theap belt. If you slid undert, the

belt would apply orce at your abdomen. This could

cause serious or evenatal injuries. The shoulder belt

should go over the shoulder andcross the chest.

These partsof the body are best ableo take belt

restraining forces.

The safety belt locksf there’s a sudden stop or a crash.

1-15

Q: Wh at’s wrong with this?



A: The shoulder belt is too loose. It won’t give nearly

as much protection this way.

You can b e seriously hu rt if your shoulder belt is

too loose. In a crash, you would mov e forward

too mu ch, which could increase injury. The

shoulder belt should fi t against your body.

1-16

&.' What's wrong with this?



A: The belt is buckled in th e wrong place.

A CA"TL3N:

You can be seriously injured if your belt s

buckled in thewrong place like this. In a crash,

the belt would go up over your abdomen. The

belt forces would be there, not a t the pelvicbones. This could cause serious internal injuries.

Always buckle your belt into he buckle

nearest you.

1-17

Q.’ What’s wrong with this?



A: The shoulder belt is worn under the ann. I t should

be worn over the shoulder at a l l times.

You can be seriously injuredf you wear the

shoulder belt underou r arm. Ina crash, your

body would move too far forward,which would

increase the chancef head andneck injury.Also, the belt would apply too much force to the

ribs, which aren’t as strong s shoulder bones.

You could also severely injure internal organs

like your liveror spleen.

1-1s

Q: W hat’s wrong w ith this?



A: The belt is twisted across th e body.

You can be seriously injured by a twisted belt. In

a crash, you w ouldn’t have the full width of the

belt to spread impa ct forces. If a belt is twisted,

ma ke it straight so it can work properly, or askyour dealer to fix it .

1-19

Supplemental Inflatable Restraint



(SIR) SystemThis part explains the Supplemental Inflatable Restraint(SIR) system or air bag system.

Your vehicle has an air bag for the driver.

Here are the most important things to know about theai r bag system:

To unlatch the belt, just push the button on the buckle.The belt should go back out of the way.

Before you close the door, be sure the belt is out o f theway. If you slam the door on i t , you can damage both thebelt and your vehicle.

’You can beseverely injured orkilled in a crash if

you aren’t wearing your safety belt- even if you

have anair bag. Wearing your safety belt during

a crash helps reduce your chancef hitting things

inside the vehicle or being ejected from t. Air

bags are “supplemental restraints” to the safety

belts. All air bags are designed to work with

safety belts, but don’t replace them. Air bags aredesigned to work only in moderate to severe

crashes where the frontf your vehicle hitssomething. They aren’t designed to inflatet all

I CAUTION: (Continued)

1-20

I There is an air bag readiness



in rollover, rear, side o r low-speed frontal crashes.

Everyone in your vehicle should wear a safety belt

properly -- whether or not there’s an airbag for

that person.

I

/!\ CAUTION:

Air bags inflate with great force, faster than the

blink of an eye. If you’re too close to an inflating

air bag, it could seriously injure you. Safety beltshelp keep you in position before and duringa

crash. Always wear your safety belt, even with an

air bag, and sit as far back as you can while still

maintaining controlof your vehicle.

AIRBAG

light on the instrumentpanel, which showsAIR BAG.

The system checks the air bag electrical system formalfunctions. The light tells you if there is an electricalproblem. See ”Air Bag Readiness Light” in the Indexfor more information.

- 1-21

How the Air Bag System Works



Where is the air bag?

The driver’sair bag is in the middle of the steering wheel.

If something is between the driver and the air

bag, the bag might not inflate properly or it

might force the object into that person. The path

of an inflating air bag mus t e kept clear. Don’tput anything between an occupant and their

bag, and don’t attac h or put anything on or ne

the steeringwheel hub.

1-22 2

When should an air bag inflate? Wh at makes an air bag inflate?



A n air bag is designed to inflate in a moderate t o severefrontal or near-frontal crash. The airbag will inflateonly if the impact speed is above the system's designed"threshold level." I f your vehicle goes straight into aw a l l that doesn't move or deform. the thresholdevel isabout 14 t o 18 mph (23 to 29 km/h).The threshold levelcan vary, however, with specific vehicle design. so thati t can be somewhat aboveor below this range. If yourvehicle strikes somethingthat will move or deform, sucha s a parked car. the threshold level will be higher. Theair bag is not designed to inflate in rollovers, sideimpacts or rear impacts. because inflation would nothelp the occupant.

I n any particular crash, no one can say whether an airbag should have inflated simply becauseof the damageto a vehicle or becauseof what the repair costs were.Inflation is determined by the angle of the impact andhow quickly the vehicle s lows down i n frontal andnear-frontal impacts.

The air bag system is designed to work properly under a

wide range of conditions, including off-road usage.

Observe safe driving speeds. especiallyon rough terrain.A s always. wear your safety belt. See "Off-RoadDriving" in the Index for Inore tips on off-road driving.

In an impact of sufficient severity, the a i r bag sensingsystem detects that the vehicle is i n a crash. The sensingsystem triggers a releaseof gas from the inflator. whichinflates the air bag. The inflator, air bag and relatedhardware are all part of the air bag module inside thesteering wheel.

H ow does an air bag restrain?

In tnoderate t o severe frontal or near-frontal collisions.even belted occupants can contact he steering wheel.The air bag supplements the protection provided bysafety belts. Air bags distribute the force of the impactmore evenly over th e occupant's upper body. stoppingthe occupant more gradually. But air bags would n o t

help you in many types of collisions, includingrollovers. rear impacts and side impacts. primarilybecause an occupant's motion is n o t toward the air bag.Air bags should never be regarded a s anything morethan a supplement t o safety belts. and then only in

moderate t o severe frontal or near-frontal collisions.

1-23

What will you see af ter an i r bag inflates? e The air bag is designed to inflate only once. After it



After an air bag inflates, it quickly deflates, so quicklythat some people may not even realize the air baginflated. Some components of the air bag module in thesteering wheel hub will be hot for a short time. The partsof the bag that come into contact with you may be

warm, but not too hot to touch. There will be somesmoke and dust coming from vents in the deflated airbag. Air bag inflation doesn’t prevent the driver fromseeing or from being able to steer the vehicle, nor does it

stop people from leaving the vehicle.

When anair bag inflates, theres dust in theair.

This dust could cause breathing problems for

people with a history of asthma or other

breathing trouble.To avoid this, everyone in the

vehicle should get outs soon as it is safe to doo.

If you have breathing problems but can’t get out

of the vehicle after anir bag inflates, then get

fresh airby opening a windowor door.

e

e

inflates?you‘ll need some new parts for your air bagsystem. I f you don’t get them, the air bag systemwon’t be there to help protect you in another crash.A new system will include the air bag module andpossibly other parts. The service manual for your

vehicle covers the need to replace other parts.

Your vehicle is equipped with a diagnostic module,which records information about the air bag system.The module records information about the readinessof the system, when the sensors are activated anddriver’s safety belt usage at deployment.

Let only qualified technicians work on your air bagsystem. Improper service canmean that your air bag

system won’t work properly. See your dealeror service.

NOTICE:

If you damage the cover for the driver’s air ba

the bag may not work properly. ou may have to

replace the air bag module. o not open or break

the air bag over.

1-24

Servicing Your Air Bag-EquippedVehicle Adding Equipment toYour A ir



The air bag affects how your vehicle should be serviced.There are parts of the air bag system in several placesaround your vehicle. You don't want th e system to

inflate while someone is working on your vehicle. YourGM dealer and the GM Service Manual have

information about servicing your vehicle and the air bagsystem. To purchase a service manual, see "Service andOwner Publications'' in the Inde-x.

~-

A CAUTION:

For up to wo minutes after the gnition key is

turned off and the battery s disconnected, an ai rbag canstill inflate during improper service. You

can be injured if you are close to an airbag when

it inflates. Avoid wires wrapped with yellow tape,

or yellow connectors. They are probably part of

the ai r bag system. Be sure to follow proper

service procedures, and makesure the person

performing work for you is qualified to do so.

The air bag system does not need regular maintenance.

Bag-Equipped Vehicle

Q: If I add a push bumper or a bicycle rack to the

front of my vehicle, will it keep the airbag from

working properly?

A: As long as the push bumper or bicycle rack isattached to your vehicle so that the vehicle's basic

structure isn't changed, it's not likely to keep the

air bag from working properly in a crash.

Is there anythingI might add to the frontof the

vehicle that could keep the air bag from

working properly?

A: Yes. I f you add things that change your vehicle'sframe. bumper system, frontend sheet metal or

height, they may keep the air bag system from

working properly. Also, the air bag system may not

work properly if you relocate anyof the air bag

sensors. If you have any question about this, you

should contact Customer Assistance before you

modify your vehicle. (The phone numbers andaddresses for Customer Assistance are in Step Two of

the Customer Satisfiction Procedure in this manual.

See "Customer Satisfaction Procedure" in the Index.)

1-25

Safety BeltUse During Pregnancy The best way to protect the fetus is to protect the



Safety belts work for everyone, including presnantwomen. Like all occupants, they are more likely to beseriously injured if they don't wear safety belts.

A pregnant woman should wear a lap-shoulder belt. andthe lap portion should be worn a s lo w as possible. belowthe rounding, throughout the pregnancy.

mother. When a safety belt is worn properly, it's morelikely that the fetus won't be hurt i n a crash. Forpregnant women, as for anyone. the key to makingsafety belts effective is wearing then1 properly.

Right Front Passenger Position

The right front passenger's safety belt works the sameway as the driver's safety belt. See "Driver Position"earlier i n this section.

When the shoulder belt is pulled out all the way. i t willlock. If it does, let it go back all the way and start again.

Center Front Passenger Position

(4-I)oorModels)

1-26

Lap Belt



If your vehicle has a front bench seat, someone can sit inthe center position.

When you sit in the center front seating position,ouhave a lap safety belt, which has no retractor.To make

the belt longer, tilt the latch plate andull it alongthe belt.

To make the belt shorter, pull its free end as shown untilthe belt is snug.

Buckle, position and release it the sameay as the lappart of a lap-shoulder belt. f the belt isn’t long enough,see “Safety Belt Extender” at the endf this section.

Make sure the release button on the buckle is positionedso you would be able to unbuckle theafety belt quicklyif you ever had to.

1-27

Rear Seat Passengers Lap-Shoulder Belt



It’s very important for rear seat passengers to buckle up!Accident statistics show that unbelted people in the rearseat are hurt more often in crashes than those who are

wearing safety belts.

Rear passengers who aren’t safety belted can be hrown

out of th e vehicle in a crash. And they can strike othersin the vehicle who are wearing safety belts.

Rear Seat Outside Passenger Positions

The positions next to the windows have lap-shoulderbelts. Here’s how to wear one properly.

1. Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt across you.Don’t let it get twisted. On four-door models, theshoulder belt may lock f you pull the belt across youvery quickly. If this happens, let the belt go backslightly to unlock it. Then pull the belt across youmore slowly.

1-28

2. Push the latch platento the buckle until t clicks.



Pull upon the latch plate to make suret is secure.

When the shoulder belts pulled out all the way, t

will lock. f it does, let t go back all the ay and

start again.

If the belt s not long enough, ee “Safety Belt

Extender” at the endf this section.

Make sure the release button on the buckles

positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the

safety belt quicklyf you ever hado.

3. To make the lap part tight, pulldown on the buckle

end of the beltas you pull up on the shoulder part.

1-29

n /----.. And you'd be less likely to slide under the lap belt. If



you slid under it . the belt would apply force at yourabdomen. This could cause serious o r even fatal injuries.

The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder andcross the chest. These parts of the. body are best able to

take belt restraining forces.

The safetybelt

locksif

there'sa

sudden stop ora

crash.On four-door models, th e safety belt also locks if youp u l l the belt very quickly out o f the retractor.

The lap part of the belt should be worn lo w and snug onthe hips, just touching the thighs. In a crash, this appliesforce to the strong pelvic bones.

You can be seriously hurt if your shoulder belt is

too loose. In a crash, you would move forward

too much, which could increase injury. The

shoulder belt should fit against your body,

1-30

Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides



To unlatch the belt, ust push the button on the buckle.

for Children and Small Adults

(4-Door Models)

Four-door models have rear shoulder belt comfort

guides. This feature will provide added safety belt

comfortfor children who have outgrown child restraints

and for small adults. When installedn a shoulderbelt,

the comfort guide pulls theelt away from the neck

and head.

There isone guide for each outside passenger positionn

the rear seat.To provide added safety belt comfort for

children who have outgrown child restraints andor

smaller adults, the comfort guides may be installed on

the shoulder belts. Here’sow to install a comfort guideand use the safety belt:

1-31



1. Pull the elastic cord out from between the edge of

the seatback and the interior body to remove theguide from its torage clip.

2. Slide the guide under and past the belt. The elasticcord must be under the belt. Then, place the guideover the belt, and insert the two edges of the belt intothe slots of the guide.

.-32



3. Be sure that the belts not twisted and t lies flat.The elastic cord must be under the belt and the guideon top.

4. Buckle, position and release the safety beltsdescribed in “Rear Seat Outside Passenger Positions”earlier in this section. Make sure that the shoulder

belt crosses the shoulder.

To remove and store the comfort guides, squeeze the belt

edges togetherso that you can take them out from the

guides. Pull the guide upward to expose its storage clip,and then slide the guide onto the clip. Rotate the guide andclip inward and in between the seatback and the interior

body, leaving only the loopf elastic cord exposed.

1-33

Center Rear Passenger Position Lap Belt



(4-DoorModels)

When you sit i n the center rear seating position, you

have a l a p safety belt which has a retractor.

ChildrenEveryone i n 21 vehicle needs protection! That includes



4. Position and release it the same way a s the l a p partof a lap-shouldel- belt.

I f the belt isn't long enough, see "Safety BeltExtender" a t the end of this section. Make sure therelease button on the buckle is positioned s o youwould be able t o unbuckle the safety belt quickly i f

you ever had to.

infanls and all children smaller than adult size. 111 fdct.the law i n every state i n the United States and i n everyCanadian province says children up t o some age must be

restrained while i n a vehicle.

Smaller Children and r bi

Smaller children and babies should alwayse

restrained in a child or infan t restra int. The

instructions for the restraint il l say whether it isthe right type andize for your child.A very

young child's hip bones areo small thata

regular belt might not stay ow on the hips, s it

should. Instead, the beltwill likely be over the

i child's abdomen. In a crash, the belt would apply

force right on the child's abdomen, which couldl cause serious or fatal injuries.So, be sure that

any child small enough for ones always properlyrestrained in a child or infant restraint.



Never hold a baby in your armshile riding in a

vehicle. A baby doesn’t weigh much -9 until a

crash. Duringa crash a baby will become soCAUTION: (Continued)

heavy you can’t hold it. For example, in a crash

at only 25 mph (40 km/h), a 12-lb. (5.5 kg) baby

will suddenly become a 240-lb. (110 kg) force on

your arms. The baby ould be almost impossible

to hold.Secure the baby inn infant restraint.

1-36

Child Restraints

Be sure the child restraint is designed to be used in a

Where to Put the Restraint

Accident statistics show that children are safer if they



vehicle. I f i t is, it will have a label saying that i t meetsFederal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards.

Then follow the instructions for the restraint. You mayfind these instructions on the restraint itself or i n a

booklet, or both. These restraints use the belt system iny o u r vehicle, but the child also has to be secured withinthe restraint to help reduce the chance of personal injury.The instructions that come with the infant or childrestraint will show you how to do that.

are restrained i n the rear rather than the front seat. We atGeneral Motors therefore recommend that you put yourchild restraint in a rear seat outside position unless thechild is an infant and you’re the only adult in thevehicle. In that case, you might want to secure the

restraint in the right front seat where you can keep aneye on the. baby.

Wherever you install i t , be sure to secure the childrestraint properly.

Keep in mind that an unsecured child restraint can movearound in a collision or sudden stop and injure peoplein the vehicle. Be sure to properly secure any child

restraint in your vehicle -- even when no child is in it .

1-37

Top Strap



If your child restraint has top strap, it should beanchored. Anchor brackets for the rear outside seatpositions are located on the floor inhe cargo area.

Don't use the front set of tie-down brackets. Anchor thetop strapto the rearmost bracket on the same sideof thevehicle as the child restraint.

Once you have the top strap anchored, you'll be ready tosecure thechild restraint itself.

1-38

Securing a Child Restraint n a RearOutside Seat Position



You’ll be using the lap-shoulder belt. See the earlier part

about the top strapf the child restraint has one.

1. Put the restraint on the seat. Follow the instructions

for the child restraint.

2. Secure the child n the child restraintas the

instructions say.

3. Pick up the latch plate, and runhe lap and shoulder

portions of the vehicle’s safety belt throughr

around the restraint. he child restraint instructions

will show you how.

If the shoulder belt goes in frontf the child’sface or

neck, put t behind the child restraint.

4. Buckle the belt. Make sure the release button is

positioned so you would be able to unbuckle thesafety belt quicklyf you everhad to.

1-39



5 . Pull the rest of the shoulder belt a11 the way out of

the retractor to set the lock.6. To tighten the belt, feed the shoulder belt back into the

retractor while you push down on the child restraint.

7. Push and pull the child restraint i n differentdirections t o be sure i t is secure.

To remove the child restraint, just unbuckle the vehicle's

safety belt and let it go back a l l the way. The safety beltwill nmc'c freely again and be ready to work for an adultor larger child passenger.

1-40

Center Seat Positions (4-hOr Models) Securing a Child Restraint in he RightFront Seat Position



Don't use child restraints in these positions. Therestraints won't work properly.

You'll be using the lap-shoulder belt. See the earlier partabout the top strap if the child restraint has one.

1 . Put the restraint on the scat. Follow the instructionsf o r the child restraint.

3. Secure the child i n the child restraint as theinstructions say.

3. Pick up the latch plate. and run the lap and shoulderportions of the \:chicle's safety belt through oraround the restraint. The child restraint instructions

will show you how .

11' the shoulcier belt goes i n f ron t of the child's face orneck. put it bchind the child restraint.



4. Buckle the belt. Make sure therelease button ispositioned so you would be able to unbuckle thesafety belt quickly if you ever had o.

I

5 . Pull the rest of the shoulder belt all the way out of

the retractor to set the lock.

1-42

7. Push and pull the child restraint in differentdirections to be sure it is secure.f you’re using abucket seat, adjust the seat forward until theap



6. To tighten the belt, feed the shoulder belt back into theretractor whileyou push down on the child restraint.

portion of the safety belt holds the restraint firmly.But don’t move t any more than needed to tightenthe lap belt.

To remove the child restraint,ust unbuckle thevehicle’s

safety belt and lett go back all theway. The safety beltwill move freely again and e ready to work for an adultor larger child passenger.

1-43



Children who have outgrown child restraints shouldwear the vehicle’s safety belts.

1-44



Never do this.

Here two children re wearing the same belt. The

belt can’t properly pread the impact forces.n a

crash, the wo children can be crushed togetherand seriously injured.A belt must be used by

only one person t a time.

What if a child is wearing a lap-shoulder belt,

but the child iso small that the shoulder belt is

very close to he child’s face r neck?

A: Move the child toward the center of the vehicle, but

be sure that the shoulder belt till is on the child’s

shoulder, so that ina crash the child’s upper bodywould have the restraint that belts rovide. If the

child is sitting in a rear outside position of a

four-door model, see “Rear Safety Belt Comfort

Guides’’ in the Index. If the child s so small that

the shoulder belt is still very close to the child’sface orneck, you might want to place the child in aseat that has a lap belt, if your vehicle has one.

A CAUTION:



Never do this.

Here a child s sitting in a seat that has

lap-shoulder belt, but the shoulder parts behind

the child. If the child wears the belt in thisay , ina crash the child might slide under theelt. The

belt’s force would then be applied right on the

child’s abdomen. That could cause seriousr

fatal injuries.

Wherever the child sits, the la p portion of the belt

should be worn lo w and snugon the hips, just touchingthe child‘s thighs. This applies be.lt force t o the child’spelvic bones i n a crash.

1-46 ~

Safety Belt Extender

I f the vehicle’s safety belt will fasten around you, you

Checking Your Restraint Systems

N ow and then, make sure the safety belt reminder light



should use it .

But if a safety belt isn’t long enough to fasten, yourdealer w i l l order you an extender. It’s 1.1-ee.Whe,n yougoin to order i t , take the heaviest coat you will wear, so the

extender will be. long enough for you. The extender willbe just for you, and just for the seat i n your vehicle thatyou choose. Don‘t let someone else use i t , and use i t

only for the seat it is made to f i t . To wear it . just attach it

to the regular safety belt.

and all y o ~ ~ relts, buckles, latch plates, retractors andanchorages are working properly. Look for any otherloose or dan~aged afety belt system parts. If you seeanything that tnighl keep a safety belt system from

doing its job, have i t repaired.

Torn or frayed safety belts may not protect you i n acrash. They can ri p apart under impact forces. I f a belt is

torn or I-i-ayed, geta new one right away.

Also look fo r any opened or broken air bag covers. andhave them repaired or replaced. (The a i r bag systemdoes not need regular maintenance.)

Replacing Restraint System Parts

After a Crash



I f Y U L I ' V ~ ad a crash, d o you need ne" belts'!

After a very minor collision, nothing may be necessnry.

But if the belts were stretched, a s they would be if worn

during a more severe crash, then you need new belts.

Tc hell, av0.c personal Icn:ury. buckle asserlb ymus t be replaced.

P,U alder i Ier lesSe e Owner's Manual

blessu,,es corporelles. abotlc~aolt 6tre rernplac6e.Voir leGuldeducondtrctewPrinred m U.S A.

I f an air bag inflates, you'll need to replace air bag

system parts. See the part o n the air bag system earlier in

this section.

1-48



1-49



1-50

Section 2 Features and Controls



Here you can learn about the many standard and optional featureson your vehicle. and informationon starting.shifting and braking. Also explained arethe instru~nsnt anel and the warning systems that tell you i f everything isworking properly -- and what t o do i f you have LI problem.

2-22-62-9

2- 1 2

2-132-132- 15

2- 172-182-2 I2-232-232-233-29

2-30

2-33

Keys

Keyless Entry System ( I f Equipped)Endgate/LiftgateThe tt

New Vehicle "Break-In"Ignition PositionsStarting Your Engine

Ensine Coolant Heater- (Option)Automatic Transmission OperationManual TransmissionLocking Rear AxleAll-Wheel Drive ( I f Equipped)Four-Wheel Drive ( I f Equipped)Parking BrakeShifting I n t o PARK (P ) (AutomaticTrans~nissionModels Only)

Shifting Out of PARK (Pj(Automatic Transmission)

2-33

3-34

2-332-.3S

2-36

--3 83-452-41)

2-632-632-642-672-72

2-1

Keys



I A CAUTION:-Leaving young children in vehicle with the

ignition key s dangerous for many reasons.A child or others could be badly injured or

even killed.

They could operate power windows or other

controls or even make the vehicle move. Don’t

leave the keys in a vehicle with young children.

2-2

This vehicle has one

double-sided key for the

ignition, endgate, spare tire

I NOTICE:



lock (two-door vehicles)

and door locks.t will fit

with either side up.

Your vehicle hasa number of new features

that can help prevent theft. But you can have a

lot of trouble getting into your vehicle if you ever

lock your keys inside. You may even haveo

damage your vehicle to get in.obe sure you

have extra keys.

When a new vehicle is delivered, the dealer provides

the ownerwith a pairof identical keys nd a key

code number.The key code number tells your dealerr a qualified

locksmith how to make extra keys. Keep this numberna safe place. f you lose your keys, you’lle able to have

new ones made easily usinghis number. Your selling

dealer should also have this number.

2-3

Door Locks

To lock your door from the inside, slide the lever o n



Unlocked doors can be dangerous.

Passengers -- especially children -- can easilyopen the doors andall out. When a door s

locked, the inside handlewon’t open it.

Outsiders can easily enter throughn unlocked

door when you slow down r sto p yourehicle.

This may not beo obvious: You increase the

chance of being thrown out f the vehicle in a

crash if the doors aren’tocked. Wear safety beltsproperly, lock your doors, and ou will be fa r

better off whenever you drive yourvehicle.

There are several ways to lock and unlock your vehicle.

You can use the Keyless Entry System, if YOLI havethis option.

your inside door rearward.

To unlock the door, slide thelever on your inside door

forward. You will see a redarea on the lever.

2-4

Power Door Locks If Equipped)

If your vehicle has powerdoor locks. the switch is

Rear Door Security Lock

With this feature. you canlock the rear doors so hey



located on the armrestPress LOCK to lock allthe doors at once.

To unlock the doors. press the raised area next t o the

key symbol.On four-door models, the lever on each rear door workson ly that door's lock.

can't be opened from theinside by passengers.

Move the lock up to lockthe doors and down torelease the door locks.

Leaving Your Vehicle

If you are leaving the vehicle. take your key, open yourdoor and set the locks from inside. Thenget out andclose the door .

2-5

Keyless Entry SystemIf Equipped)

I f your vehicle has this option, you can lock and unlockyour doors and rear endgate from up to 30 feet (9 m)

This system has a range of about 3 feet ( 1 m ) up to30 feet (9 m). At times you may notice a decrease in

range. This is normal for any remote keyless entrysystem. I f the transmitter does not work or if you have



away using the remote keyless entry transmitter suppliedwith your vehicle.

Your Keyless Entry System operates on a adio

frequency subject to Federal CommunicationsCommission (FCC) Rules and with Industry andScience Canada.

This device complies withPart 15 of the FCC Rules.

Operation is subject o the following two conditions:( 1 ) this device may not cause h m f u l interference, and(2 ) this device must accept any interference received.including interference thatmay cause undesired operation.

This device complies with RSS-210 of Industry andScience Canada. Operation is subject to the followingtw o conditions: ( 1 ) this device may not causeinterference, and (2) this device must accept anyinterference received, including interference that maycause undesired operation of th e device.

Changes or modifications to this system other than anauthorized service facility could void authorization touse this equipment.

to stand closer to your vehicle for the transmitter towork. try this:

Check to determine if battery replacement or

resynchronization is necessary. See th e instructionsthat follow.

Check the distance. You may be too fi~rrom yourvehicle. YOLImay need to stand closer during rainyor snowy weather.

0 Check the location. Other vehicles or objects may beblocking the signal. Takea few steps to the left or right,

and try again.If you’re still having trouble. see your G M dealer ora qualified technician for service.

Changes or modifications to this system by other than an

authorized service facility could void authorization touse this equiplnent.

2-6 - ~

Operation

When you press UNLOCK. the driver's door andendgate will unlock automatically. I f you press

Battery Replacement

Under normal L I S ~ .he battery in you r remote keylessentry transmitter should ast about tw o years.



UNLOCK again within five seconds. all doors will

unlock. Press LOCK to lock all the doors.

Press the REAR button twice within 3 1/2 seconds t o

unlock and unlatch the rear glass. If your vehicle has

an automatic transmission. the transmissionmust bei n PARK (P)or NEUTRAL (N) . f your vehicle h as

a manual transmission, you must engage theparking brake.

Matching Transmitter(s)To Your Vehicle

Each remote keyless entry transmitter s coded t o

prevent another transmitter from unlocking your vehicle.I f a transmitter is lost or stolen. a replacenm~t an bepurchased through your dealer. Remember to bring any

remaining transmitters with you when you go to y o ~ ~ rdealer. When the doaler matches the replacementtransmitter to yourc.ehicle, a n y renlaining transmittersInust also be matched. Once y o ~ ~ realer h a s coded thenew translnitter. the los t transmitter will no t unlock yourvehicle. Each vehicle can have o n l y two transmitters

matched t o it.

You can tell the battery is weak if the transmitter won'twork at the normal range in any location. I f you have to

it's probably time to change the battery.5et close t o your vehiclebefore th e transmitter works,

1 NOTICE:

Wh en replacing the battery, use care not to touch

any of the circuitry. Static from your body

transferred to these surfaces may dam age

the transmitter.

2-7

To replace the battery in the Keyless Entry transmitter: Resynchronization

Resynchronization may be necessary due to the securitymethod used by this system. The transmitter does notsend the same signal twice to the receiver. The receiver



1. Insert a dime in the slot between the covers of thetransmitter housing near the key ringhole. Removethe bottom by twisting the dime.

CR2032 or equivalent battery, positive (+)side down.

2. Remove and replace the battery with a three volt

3. Align the covers and snap them together.

4. Check the operation of the transmitter.

will not respond to a signal it has been sent previously.This prevents anyone from recording and playing backthe signal from the transmitter.

To resynchronize your transmitter, stand close to yourvehicle and simultaneously press and hold the LOCKand UNLOCK buttons on the transmitter for at leastfive seconds. Thedoor locks should cycle to confirmsynchronization. If the locks do not cycle,see your dealer for service.

2-8

EndgateLiftgate Endgate Mounted Spare



It can be dangerous to driveith the rear

window, endgate or liftgate open because carbon

monoxide ( C O ) gas can come into your ehicle.You can’t see or smell CO. It can cause

unconsciousness and even death.

I f you must drive with the rear indow, endgate

or liftgate open or if electrical wiring or other

cable connections must pass through the seal

between the body and the rearindow, endgate

or liftgate:Make sure allwindows are shut .

Turn the fan on your heating or coolingsystem to its highest speed with the setting on

VENT. That will force outside air into your

vehicle. See “Comfort Controls” in the Index.

instrument panel, open hen1 all the way.

0 If ’you have air outlets on or under the

See “Ikgine Exhaust” in the Index.

2-9

_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

Endgate Release

To open a mechanical lock system from the outside,insert the key into the lock and turn it counterclockwiseto unlock the glass.



The endgate and glass will automatically lock when shut.

To open a power lock system fromhe outside, insert the

key into the lock button and turn counterclockwise. Alldoors will unlock.

You may also use the keyless entry system, or the powerdoor locks, if you’re vehicle is o equipped.

When doors are unlocked,press the button to openthe glass.

The endgatecan be opened without a key if the driver’sdoor is unlocked. The endgate glasswill not release ifthe vehicle is in gear.

To lock a power lock system from the outside, insertthe key into the lock button and turn clockwise. Alldoors will lock.

2-10

Remote Rear Glass Release

This button o n the driver'sside o f the steering column

Liftgate Release

Inscrl thc key i n the lock button and turncounterclockwise. All doors will unlock. You may also usethe power lock switches o r the keyless entry system. if '



allows you t o r~leaseherear glass from insidethe vehicle

If your vehicle has an automatic transmission, y o u r shiftlever must be i n PARK (P)or NEUTRAL ( N ) for therelease t o work.

your vehicle is so equipped. Use the handle to open theliftgate. Press the button t o open the glass Lvhen the liftgateis closed. The glass won't release if the vehicle is i n getu.

Emergency Release for OpeningEndgatekiftgate

I . Peel back o r slit the carpet locally t o expose theaccess hole i n the trim panel.

2 . Use a t h i n screwdriverto reach through the

access holes in both thetrim panel and thehardware cover.

Pry the release levertoward the passenger'sside unt i l the glass latchpops ope 11

3 . Reattach the carpet securely.

2-11

TheftVehicle theft is big business, especially in some cities.Although your vehicle has a number of theft-deter-rent

Parking at Night

Park in a lighted spot, close a l l windows and lock yourvehicle. Remember t o keep your valuables out of sight.Put them in a storage area, or take them with you.



features, we know that nothing we put on i t can makei t impossible to steal. However, there are ways youcan help.

Key in the IgnitionI f you leave your vehicle with the keys inside, it’s aneasy target for joy riders or professional thieves -- sodon’t do it .

When you park your vehicle and open the driver’s door.you’ll hear a tone reminding you to remove your keyfrom the ignition and take it with you. Always do this.

Your steering wheel will be locked, and so will yourignition. If you have an automatic transmission, takingyour key out also locks your transmission. Andremember to lock the doors.

Parking Lots

I f you park i n a lot where someone will be watching

your vehicle, i1.s best to lock i t up and take your keys.But what if ~ O L Iave to leave your ignition key? What if

you have to leave something \duable i n your vehicle?

0 Put your valuables in a storage area, like your

2 love box.

0 Lock a l l th c doors except the driver’s.

2-12

New Vehicle “Break-In”

NOTICE:

Ignition Positions

Use the key to turn the ignition switch to five differentpositions.



Your modern vehicle doesn’t need n elaborate

“break-in.” But itwill perform better n the long

run if you follow these guidelines:0 Keep your speed at 55 mph (88 km/h) or

less for the first 00 miles (805 km).

0 Don’t drive at any one speed - fast or

slow -- for the first 00 miles (805 km).

Don’t make full-throttle starts.

200 miles (322 km) or o. During this time

your new brake linings aren’t yet broken

in. Hard stops with new linings can meanpremature wear and earlier replacement.

Follow this breaking-in guideline every

time you get new brake linings.

See “Towinga Trailer” in the Index for

more information.

0 Avoid making hard stops for the first

Don’t tow a trailer during break-in.

CI

ACCESSORY (A): ACCESSORY lets you use thingslike the radio and the windshield wipers when theengine is off. Push in the key and turn i t toward you .

Your steering wheel will remain locked. just as i t wasbefore you inserted the key.

2-13

NOTICE:

Don’t operate accessories in the ACCESSORYOn manual transmissionvehicles, turning thekey



position for long periods of time. Prolonged

operation of accessories in theACCESSORY

position could drain your battery and prevent

you from starting our vehicle.

LOCK (B): This position locks your ignition, steeringwheel and transmission. It’s a theft-deterrent feature.You will only be able to remove your key when theignition is turned to LOCK.

OFF (C): This position lets you turn off the engine but

still turn the steering wheel. Use OFF if you must haveyour vehicle in motion while the engine is off (forexample, if your vehicle is being towed).

RUN (D): This is the position for driving.

START (E): This starts your engine.

to LOCK will lock the steeringcolumn and result

in a loss of ability to steer theehicle. This could

cause a collision. If you need to turn theengine

off while the vehicle is moving, urn the key only

to OFF. Don’t press thekey release button while

the vehicle is moving.

I NOTICE: I

If your key seems stuck in LOCK and you can’t

turn it, be sure you are using the correctkey; if

so, is it all theway in? If it is, then turn the

steering wheel left and rightwhile you turn the

key hard. But turn thekey only with our hand.

Using a tool to force t could break thekey or the

ignition switch. If none of this works, then yourvehicle needs service.

I

2-14

Key Release Button

The key cannot be removedfrom the ignition of 111anualtransmission vehicles

Starting Your Engine

Automatic Transmission

Move your shift lever t o PARK (P)or NEUTRAL ( N ) .



l~nlesshe key releasebutton is used.

To r e ~ ~ x w ehe key on manual transmission vehicles.

t111-nthe key to the OFF position. Then turn the key t othe LOCK position while pressing the key release buttondown at the same tinle. Pull the key straight out.

On automatic transmission \:chicles, turn the key t o

LOCK and p d l i t straight out.

Your engine won't start in any ot l~er osition -- that's a

safety feature. To restart when you're 1111-cl:;~ciymoving,use NEUTRAL ( N) nly.

NOTICE:

Don't try to shift to PARK ( P ) f' your vehicle

is moving. If you do, you could dam age the

transmission. Shift to PARK (P ) only when

your vehicle is stopped.

2-15

Manual Transmission



NOTICE:

Holding your key in START for longer than

15 seconds at a time will cause your battery to be

drained much sooner. And the excessive heat can

damage your startermotor.

2. I f it doesn’t start right away, hold your key i nSTART. I f it doesn’t start i n 10 seconds. push th eaccelerator pedal a l l the w ay clown I‘or f i v e 11101-eseconds, o r u n t i l it starts.

I NOTICE:

Your engine is designed to workwith the

electronics in your vehicle. If you add electrical

parts oraccessories, you could change theway

the engine operates.Before adding electrical

equipment, checkwith your dealer. If you don’t,

your engine might not perform properly.

If you ever have to have yourehicle towed, see

the partof this manua l that ells how to do it

without damaging yourvehicle. See “Towing

Your Vehicle” in the Index.

2-16

Engine Coolant Heater (Option)

I n very cold weather. 0°F(- 18°C) or colcfer. theengine coolant heater

Plugging the cord into an ungrounded outlet



can help. could causean electrical shock.Also, the wrong

kind of extension cord could overheat and cause

a fire. You could be seriously injured. Plug the

cord intoa properly grounded three-prong110-volt AC outlet. If the cordwon't reach, use

heavy-duty three-prong extension cord rated for

at least 15 amps.

You'll get easier starting and better file1 economy during

engine wa1-tm-up. Usually, the coolant heater shouldbeplugged in a tnini~num f four hours prior t o startingyour vehicle.

To Use the Coolant Heater

1 . Turn of f the engine.

2. Open the hood and unwrap the electrical cord.

3 . Pl~ lg t into a nol-r.nal, grounded 1 I O - v o l t AC outlet.

4. Before starting the engine. be s~11-eo unplug and

store the cordas i t was before to keep i t a w a y

f rom moving engine parts. I f you c l o n ' t . i t couldbe da111~1ged.

H o w long should you keep thecoolant heater pluggedi n ? The answer depends o n the outside temperature. thekind of o i l you have, and solne other things. nstead of

trying t o list everything here. we ask that ~ O L I ontactyoc~r M dealer i n the area where you'll be parking yourvehicle. The dealercan gi\:e you the best advice f o r that

particular area.

2-17

Automatic TransmissionOperationYour automatic transmission may have a shift leverlocated on the console between the seats or on thesteering column. It is dangerous to get outf your vehicle if the



There are several different positions for Y O L K shift lever.

I f your vehicle is equipped with a column sh i f t lever. i t

features an electronic shift position indicator within theinstrument cluster. This display must be poweredanytime the shift lever is capable of being moved out o f - ’

the PARK (P) position. This means that if your key is i n

the OFF position, but not locked, there will be a snnallcurrent drain on your battery which could dischargeyour battery over a period o f time. I f you need t o leaveyour key in the ignition i n the OFF position for a n

extended period, i t is recommended that you disconnectthe battery cable from the battery to prevent dischargingyour battery.

PARK (P):This locks your rear wheels. It’s the bestposition to use when Y O L I start your engine because y o ~ ~ rvehicle can’t move easily.

shift lever is not fully inPARK (P) with the

parking brake firmlyet. Your vehicle can roll.

Don’t leave your vehicle when the engine srunning unless you have o. If you have left the

engine running, thevehicle can move suddenly.

You or others coulde injured. To be sure your

vehicle won’t move, even when you’reon fairly

level ground, a lways set your parking brake and

nwve the shift lever toARK (P).

If you have four-wheel drive, your ehicle will

be free to oll -- even if your shift lever sin PARK (P ) -- if your transfercase is in

NEUTRAL ( N ) . So, be sure the transfer case is in

a drive gear, two-wheel high2HI) or four-wheel

high ( 4 H I )or four-wheel low (4LO) -- not in

N E U T R A L (N) . See “Shifting IntoPARK (P)” n

the Index. If you’re pullinga trailer, see “Towing

a Trailer” in the Index.

2-18

E11~~11-e thehift lever is f ~ ~ l l yn PARK (P) range beforestarting the engine. Your vehicle has a brake-transmissionshift interlock. You have to fully apply your regular brakesbefore you can shift from PARK (P) when the ignitionkey is in the RUN position. I f you cannot shift out of

NEUTRAL ( N ) : In this position, your engine doesn’tconnect with the wheels. To restart when you’re alreadymoving. use NEUTRAL ( N) nly.



PARK (P),ease pressure on the shift lever -- push the shiftlever all the way into PARK (P) (press the button in on theconsole shift lever) a s you maintain brake application.

Then n~ovehe shift lever into the gear you wish. See“Shifting Out of PARK (P)“ in the Index.

REVERSE (R):Use this gear t o back up.

NOTICE:

Shifting to REVERSE (R) while yourehicle

is moving forward could damage your

transmission. Shift o REVERSE (R) nlyafter yourvehicle is stopped.

To rock y o ~ ~ rehicle back and forth to get out of snow.ice or sand without damaging your transmission, see”Stuck: I n Sand, Mud. Ice or Snow“ in the Index.

Shifting outof PARK (P) or NEUTRAL N) while

your engine is “racing” (running at igh speed) is

dangerous. Unless your foots firmly on the

brake pedal, yourvehicle could move very

rapidly. You could lose control and hit people or

ob-jects. Don’t shift out f PARK (P)or

NEUTRAL (N ) while your engine s racing.

I NOTICE:

Damage to your transmission caused y shifting

out of PARK (P)or NEUTRAL (N ) with the

engine racing isn’t covered by your warranty.

2-19

AUTOMATIC OVERDRIVE (a): his position is fornormal driving. I f you need more power for passing,and you’re:

Going less than about 35 mph (56 km/h), push your

You can also L I S ~ ECOND (2 ) for starting your vehiclefrom a stop on slippery road surfaces.

FIRST (1): This position gives you even more power(but lower fuel economy) than SECOND (2). You can



accelerator pedal about halfway down.

0 Going about 35 mph (56 k d h ) or more, push theaccelerator all the way down.

You’ll shift down to the next gear and have more power.

AUTOMATIC OVERDRIVE (@) should not be usedwhen towing a trailer, carrying a heavy load. driving onsteep hills, or for off-road driving. Select DRIVE (D )when operating the vehicle under any of these conditions.

DRIVE (D): This position is also used for normaldriving, however i t offers Inore power and lower fuel

economy than AUTOMATIC OVERDRIVE (@). You

should use DRIVE (D ) when towing a trailer, carrying aheavy load, driving on steep hills or winding roads orfor off-road driving.

SECOND (2):This position gives you more power butlower fuel economy. You can use SECOND (2 ) on hills.It can help control your speed as you go down steepmountain roads, but then you would also want to useyour brakes off and on.

use i t on very steep hills, or i n deep snow or mud. If theselector lever is pu t in FIRST (1) while the vehicle is

moving forward. the transmission won’t shift into

FIRST ( I ) unt i l thc vehicle is going slowly enough.

NOTICE:

If your rear wheels can’t rotate, don’t try to

drive. Th is might happ en if you were stuck in

very deep sand or m ud or were up against a solid

object. You could d amage you r transm ission.Also, if you stop when going up hill, don’t hold

your vehicle there with only the accelerator

pedal. This could overheat and dam age the

transmission. Use your brakes or shift into

PARK (P) to hold your vehicle in position

on a hill.

2-20

Manual Transmission Operation

5-Speed

Here’s how to operate your transmission:

FIRST (1): Press the clutch pedal and shift intoFIRST ( I ) . Then, slowly let up on the clutch pedal asyou press the accelerator pedal.



This is your shift pattern.

You can shift into FIRST ( 1 ) when you‘re going lessthan 20 mph (32 km/h). If you’ve come to a completestop and it’s hard to shift into FIRST ( 1): put the shift

lever in NEUTRAL ( N ) and let up on the clutch. Pressthe clutch pedal back down. Then shift into FIRST ( 1 ).

SECOND (2):Press the clutch pedal as you let up onthe accelerator pedal and shift into SECOND (2). Then,slowly let up on the clutch pedal as you press theaccelerator pedal.

THIRD, FOURTH A ND FIFTH (3,4 and 5): Shift

into THIRD (3) . FOURTH (4) and FIFTH ( 5 ) he sameway you do for SECOND (2 ) . Slowly let up on theclutch pedal as you press the accelerator pedal.

To stop, let up on the accelerator pedal and press thebrake pedal. Just before the vehicle stops, press theclutch pedal and the brake pedal. and shift toNEUTRAL ( N ) .

2-21

NEUTRAL (N): Use this position when you start oridle your engine.

REVERSE (R): To back up, press th e clutch pedal, waitabout six seconds, then shift into REVERSE (R) . Thenlet up on the clutch pedal slowly while pressing the

Shift Light

If you have a manualtransmission. you have aSHIFT light.



accelerator pedal.

I NOTICE:

Shift to REVE RSE (R)only after your v ehicle

is stopped. Shifting to REV ERS E (R) while

your vehicle is moving could damage

your transmission.

Use REVERSE (R), along with the parking brake. forparking your vehicle.

SHIFT

This light w i l l show you when to shift to the next highergear for best fuel economy.

When this l ight comes on, you can shift to the nexthigher gear if weather, road and traffic conditions letyou. For the best fuel economy, accelerate slowly and

shift when the light comes on .

While you accelerate, i t is normal for the l ight to go on

and off if you quickly change the position of theaccelerator. Ignore the SHIFT light when you downshift.

2-22

If’ ou skip more thanone gear when you

All-Wheel Drive If Equipped)

I f your \:chicle has all-wheel drive, y o u r engine’sdriving power is sent to all four wheels for extratraction. This is like four-wheel drive, but there is nolever or switch to engage or disengage the front axle.



downshift, you could lose controlof your vehicle.

And you could injure yourself or others. Don’t shift

down more than one gear when you downshift.

I f your vehicle has four-wheel drive and is equippedwith a manual transmission. disregard he shift lightw l x n the transfer case is in 4LO.

Locking Rear Axle

If you have this feature. your rear axle can give you

additional traction on sno\v, m u d . ice, sand 01- g r a ~ ~ l .tworks like a standard axle most o f the time, but whenone of the rear nh x l s has n o traction and the other does,the locking feature will allow the wheel with traction to~novehe vehicle.

I t is fu l ly automatic and adjwts itself as needed form i d conditions.

Four-wheel Drive (If Equipped)

If your vehicle has four-wheel drive, you can send yourengine’s driving power t o all four wheels for extratraction. To shift out of two-wheel drive and intofour-wheel drive, move the transfer case shift lever to4 H I o r 4 L O . You should use ?HI for most normaldriving conditions.

1 NOTICE:~ ~ ~ ~

Driving in the 4H I or 41,O positions for a long

time on dry or wet pavem ent could shorten the

life of your vehicle’s drivetrain.

2-23

Manual Transfer Case



If your four-wheel-drive vehicle has the manual transfercase, the transfer case shift lever is on the floor next tothe driver. Use this lever to shift into and out offour-wheel drive.

An indicator light near the lever shows you the transfer

case settings:2HI

4HI

0 N SET PARK BRAKE

0 4LO

2-24

The front axle portion of the diagram on the indicatorwill light up when you shift into four-wheel drive. A

slight delay between shifting and the pattern's lighting isnormal. If the pattern does not light up, or if the frontaxle lights do not go out after you shift ou t of

4LO: This setting also engages your front axle to giveyou extra traction and provides extra gear reduction.YOLIm ay never need 4LO. I t sends the maximum powerto a l l four wheels. You might choose 4 L 0 if you weredriving off-road in sand, mud or deep snow and



four-wheel drive, have your dealer check your system.Turn the IN T LIGHTS switch located to the right ofyour headlamp switch to dim your transfer case

indicator light when your headlamps or parking lampsare on. This will also cause your instrument p.anel lightsto dim.

2HI: This setting is for driving in most street andhighway situat.ions. Your front axle is not engaged i n

two-wheel drive.

4HI: This setting engages your front axle to helpdrive your vehicle. Use 4H 1 when you need extratraction. such as on snowy or icy roads. or i n mostoff-road situations.

N SET PARK BRAKE: Shift to this neutral settingonly when your vehicle needs to be towed.

climbing or descending steep hills.

You can shift from 2HI to 4H 1 or from 4H I to 2HI whilethe vehicle is moving. Do not press the transfer case

shift lever button when shifting from 2HI t o ;CHI orfrom 4H I t o 2 HI .

To shift your transfer case into N SET PARK BRAKE:

1 . Stop the vehicle and shift your transmission intoNEUTRAL ( N ) .

2. Set the parking brake. Your vehicle can roll unlessthe brakes are applied.

3. Pull the transfer case shift lever into N SETPARK BRAKE.

2-25

To shift into or out of 4LO:

1. The vehicle must be moving less than 3 mph(4.8 km/h) with the transmission in NEUTRAL ( N )

for an automatic transmission. For a manualtransmission, the clutch pedal must be engaged.

Electronic TransferCase (If Equipped)

If your four-wheel-drivevehicle has the electronictransfer case, the transfer



The preferred method fo r shifting into or out of 4LOis to have your vehicle moving I to 2 tnph ( I .6 to3.2 km/h).

2. Press the transfer case shift button and shift i n onecontinuous motion.

Don’t pause in N SET PARK BRAKE as you shift intoor out of 4 L 0 , or your gears could clash.

Remember that driving in 4H I o r 4LO m ay reduce fueleconomy. Also, driving in four-wheel drive on dry

pavement could cause your tires to wear faster andmake your transfer case harder to shif t and reducepowertrain longevity.

case switches are abovethe radio controls.

Use these switches to shift into and out of four-wheel

drive. You can choose among three driving settings:2HI: This setting is for driving i n most street andhighway situations. Your front axle is not engaged in

two-wheel drive. When this lamp is lit, it is aboutone-half as bright a s the others.

4HI : This setting engages your front axle to help driveyour vehicle. Use 4HI when you need extra traction, suchas on snowy or icy roads. 01- in most off-road situations.

2-26

4LO: This setting also engagesyour front axle to giveyou extra traction. You may never need 4LO. I t sendsthe maximum power to all f o u r wheels. You mightchoose 4LO if you were driving off-road in sand, mudor deep snow and climbing or descending steep ills.

an automatic transmission or the clutch pedal engaged invehicles equipped with a manual transmission. Thepreferred method for shifting into 4LO is to have yourvehicle moving 1 t o 2 mph ( I .6 to 3.2 kmh) . Pressand release the 4LO switch. You must wait for the

4LO indicator light to stop flashing and remain



Indicator lights i n the switches show you which settingyou are i n . The indicator lights will come o n briefly whenyou turn on the ignition and one will stay on. If the lightsdo not come on, yo u should take your vehicle in forservice. An indicator light will flash while shifting. It will

remain illuminated when the shift is completed.

Shifting from 2HI to 4HI

Press and release the 4H I switch. This canbe done atany speed. and the front axle will lock automatically.

Shifting from 4H I to 2HI

Press and release the 2HI switch. This canbe done a t

any speed. and the. front axle will unlock automatically.

Shifting from 2HI or 4HI to 4LO

To shift from 2HI or .CHI t o 4LO. the vehicle must bestopped or moving less than 3 rnph (4.8 k ~ n h ) it h the

transmissionin

NEUTRAL( N ) i n

vehicles equipped with

illuminated before shifting your transmission intogear or releasing the clutch pedal.

If the 4L 0 switch is pressed when your vehicle is in

gear and/or moving, the 4LO indicator light will flashfor 30 seconds and n o t complete the shift unless yourvehicle is moving slower than 3 tnph (4.8km/h) andthe transmission is in NEUTRAL (N) r the clutchpedal engaged.

On automatic transmission equipped vehicles, f yourtransfer case doesnot shift into 4LO. your transmissionindicator switch may reyuire adjustment. With y o u r

transmission i n NEUTRAL (N)!press and release the4 L 0 switch. While he 4LO indicator light is flashing.shift y o ~ l rransmission into PARK ( P ) . Wait u n l i l the4L 0 indicator light remains illuminated before shiftingyour trrmstnission i n t o gear. This will get yo u into 4LO.but you should take y o u r vehicle i n for service to restorenormal operation.

Shifting from 4L O to 4H I or 2H I

To shift from 4LO to4HI or 2H1, your vehicle must bestopped or moving less than 3 mph (4.8 kndh)with thetransnJission in NEUTRAL (N ) or the clutch pedalengaged. The preferred method for shifting out of

On automatic transmission equipped vehicles. if yourtransfer case does not shift into 4H1, your transmissionindicator switch may require adjustment. With yourtransmission i n NEUTRAL (N) , press and release the4HI switch. While the 4HI indicator light is flashing,



4LO is to have your vehicle moving 1 to 2 mph (1.6 to3 .2 k d h ) . Press and release the 4HI switch. You must

wait for the 4H I indicator light to stop flashing andremain illuminated before shifting your transmissioninto gear or releasing the clutch pedal.

If the 4Hi switch is pressed when your vehicle is in gearand/or moving. the 4HI indicator light will flash for30 seconds but not complete the shift unless thevehicle is moving slower than 3 nlph (4.8 km/h) andthe transmission is in N E U T R A L ( N ) or the clutch

pedal engaged.

shift your transmission into PARK (P). Wait until the4HI indicator light remains illuminated before shiftingyour transmission into gear. This will get you into 4H1,

but you should take your vehicle in for service to restorenorrnal operation.

2-2s

Parking Brake

To set the parking brake. hold the regular brake pedaldown with your right foot. Push down the parking brakepedal with your left foot. I f the ignition is on, the brakesystem warning light w i l l come on.

NOTICE:

Driving with the parking brake on can cause

your rear b rakes to overheat. You may have to



To release the parking brake hold the regular brakepedal d o w n .

replace them, and you could also damage other

parts of your vehicle.

If y ou are towing a trailer and you must park on a hill,

see "Towing a Trailer" in the Index. That section showswhat to d o f irs t to keep the trailer from moving.

2-29

Shifting IntoPARK (P) (AutomaticTransmission Models Only)

Column Shift Lever1 . Hold th e brake pedal down with your right foot and

set the parking brakc.

2. Move the shift lever into PARK (P) position like this:



It can be dangerous to getut of your vehicle if

the shift levers not fully inPARK (P)with theparking brake firmlyet. Your vehicle can roll.

If you have left the engine running, the ehicle can

move suddenly. You or otherscould be injured.

To be sure your ehicle won’t move, even when

you’re on fairly evel ground, use the steps that

follow. If you have four-wheel drive with a manual

transfer case shiftlever and your transfer casesin NEUTRAL (N), your vehicle will be free toroll,

even if your shift levers in PARK (P). So, be sure

the transfer case s ina drive gear-- not in

NEUTRAL (N). If you’re pulling a trailer, see

“Towing a Trailer” in the ndex.

2-30

Console Shift Lever1 . Hold the brake pedal down with your right foot and

set the parking brake.

2. Move the shift lever into PARK (P ) position like this:



0 Move the lever u p as far a s i t will go.

3. I f you have four-wheel drive with a manual transfercase shift lever-.be sure the transfer case is in a drivegear -- not in N E U T R A L ( N ) .

4. Turn the ignition key to L O C K .

5 . Retnove the key and take i t with you. If you canleave your vehicle with the key, your vehicle is in

PARK (P).

0 Hold in the button on the lever.

0 Push the lever all the way toward the front of

the vehicle.

3 . Turn the ignition key to LOCK.

4. Remove the key and take it with you. I f you can leaveyour vehicle with the key. your vehicle is in PARK (P).

2-31

Leaving Your Vehicle With the EngineRunning (Automatic TransmissionModels Only)

parking brake is firmly set before you leave it. Afteryou've moved the shift lever into the PARK (P)

position, hold the regular brake pedal down. Then, seeif you can move the shift lever away from PARK (P)without first pulling it toward you (or pressing thebutton on a console shift lever). If YOLI can, it means that



It can be dangerous to eave your vehicle with theengine running. Your vehicle could move suddenlJ

if the shift lever is not fully inPARK (P ) with the

parking brake firmly et. If you have four-wheel

drive with a manual transfer case shiftever and

your transfercase is in NEUTRAL (N) ,your

vehicle will be free to oll, even if your shift leveris in PARK (P). So be sure the transferase i s in a

drive gear-- not in NEUTRAL (N). And, if you

leave the vehicle with the engine running, it ould

overheat and even catch fire. You or otherscould

be injured. Don't leave your vehicle with the

engine runningunless you have to.

If you have to leave your vehicle with the enginerunning, be sure your vehicle is i n PARK (P) and y o ~ ~ r

the shift lever wasn't fully locked into PARK (P).

Torque Lock (Automatic Transmission)I f you are parking ona hill and you don't shift yourtransmission into PARK (P) properly, the weight of thevehicle may put too much force o n the parking pawl in thetransmission. You may find it difficult to pull the shiftlever out of PARK (P).This is called "torque lock." To

prevent torque lock, set the parking br'ke and then shiftinto PARK (P) properly before you leave the driver's seat.

To find out how, see "Shifting Into PARK (P)" inthe Index.

When you are ready to drive, move the shift lever out ofPARK (P) k c $ ~ w y o u release the parking brake.

I F torque lock does occur. you may need to have anothervehicle push yours a little uphill to take some of thepressure from the parking pawl in the transmission, so

~ O L Ian pull the shift lever out of PARK (P).

2-32

Shifting Out of PARK (P)(Automatic Transmission)

Your vehicle has a brake-transmission shift interlock.YOLIhave to fully apply your regular brake before youcan shift from PARK (PI when the ignition is in the

Parking Your Vehicle (ManualTransmission Models Only)

Before you get out of your vehicle, turn off your engine,pu t yourmanual transmission in REVERSE (R ) and

f i rmly apply the parking brake.



R U N position. See "Automatic Transmission Operation"in the Index.

I f you cannot shift out of PARK (P)? ase pressure onthe shift lever -- push the shift lever all the way into

PARK (P ) as you maintain brake application. Thenmove the shift lever into the gear you want (you mustpress the shift lever button if you have the consoleshift lever).

If you ever hold the brake pedal down bu t still can'tshift out of PARK (P)? ry this:

1 . Turn the key to OFF.

2. Apply and hold the brake un t i l the end of Step 3.

3 . Shift to NEUTRAL ( N ) .

4. Start the vehicle and then shift to the drive gearyou want.

5 . Have the vehicle fixed as soon as you can.

I f you have four-wheel drive with it manual transfer case

shift lever, be sure your transfer case is in a drive gear.

Your vehicle could roll if it isn ' t .

I f you are parking on a hill . or if your vehicle is pullinga trailer, see "Towing a Trailer" i n the Index .

2-33

Parking Over Things That Burn Engine Exhaust‘ h CAUTION:

Engine exhaust can ill. It contains the gas



I ,

Things that can burn could touch hot exhaust

parts under your vehicle an d ignite. Don’t park

over papers, eaves, dry grass or other things thatcan burn.

J

carbon monoxide ( C O ) ,which you can’tsee or

smell. It can cause unconsciousness and death.

You might have exhaust coming n if :

Your exhaust system sounds strange

Your vehicle gets rusty underneath.

Your vehicle was damaged in a collision.

Your vehicle was damaged when driving

o v e r high points on the road r over

road debris.

or different.

Repairs weren’t done correctly.

0 Your vehicle or exhaust system had been

modified improperly.

If you ever suspect exhaust s coming into

your vehicle:

0 Drive it only with all the windows down to

0 Have your vehicle fixed immediately.blow out any C O; and

2-34

Running Your Engine While You’reParked (Automatic Transmission)

It’s better not to park with the engine running. Butfever have to, here are some thingso know.

IIt can be dangerouso get out of your vehicle if

the shift lever is not fullyn PARK (P) with the



Idling the engine with he air system control

off could allow dangerous exhaustnto

your vehicle (see he earlier Caution under

“Engine Exhaust”).

Also, idling in a closed-in place can let deadly

carbon monoxide ( C O ) nto your vehicle evenf

the fan switch isat the highest setting. One placethis can happen is a garage. Exhaust- with

CO -- can come in easily.NEVER park in a

garage with the engine running.

Another closed-in place can be blizzard.

l (See “Blizzard” in the Index.)

parking brake firmly set. Your vehiclecan roll.

Don’t leave your vehicle when the engine is

running unless you have to.f you’ve left theengine running, the vehicle can move suddenly.

You or others could be injured.o be sure your

vehicle won’t move, even when you’re onairly

level ground, always set yourarking brake and

move the shift lever toARK (P).

If you have four-wheel drivewith a manual transfer caseshift lever and your transfer case is in NEUTRALN),your vehicle will e free to roll, even f your shift leveris inPARK (P). So, be sure the transfer case is in a drivegear -- not in NEUTRAL (N). Always set your parkingbrake. Follow the proper stepso be sure your vehiclewon’t move. See “Shifting Into ARK (P)” in the Index.

If you’re pulling a trailer, seeTowing a Trailer” in

the Index.

2-35

Windows

Manual Windows

Turn the hand crank on each door to raise or lower yourmanual side door windows.



Power Windows (If Equipped)

I f you have the optional power windows, the controlsare on each of th e side doors. Your power windows willonly work when the ignition has been turned to R U N .The driver’s doorhas a switch for the passengerwindows as well.

Press the side of the switch with the down arrow to

lower the window.

Press the side of the switch with the up arrow to raisethe window.

Express-Down Window

The driver’s window switch has an express-down featurethat allows you to lower it without holding the windowswitch. Hold the driver’s window switch down for morethan a half a second to activate the express-down feature.

Lightly tap the switch to open the window slightly. Theexpress-down feature can be interrupted at any time bypressing the up arrow end of the switch.

2-36

Lockout Switch Swing-Out Windows (2-Door Only)I f your vehicle has rearswing-out windows, unlatchthem at their clasps andpush out on the glass toopen them.



Four-door vehicles have a lockout feature to preventpassengers from operating power windows. I t is locatedo n the driver’s door. Press LOCK to activate this feature.Press NORM and the windows return to normal operation.

When you close the window, be sure the latch catches.

HornTOsound the horn, press the horn symbols on thesteering wheel pad.

2-37

Tilt Wheel (If Equipped)

If you have the tilt steeringwheel, you should adjustthe steering wheel beforeyo u drive.

Turn Signal/Multifunction Lever



You ca n raise i t to the highest level to give your legs

more room when you enter and exit the vehicle.To t i l t the wheel, hold the steerins wheel and pull thelever toward you. Move the steering wheelo acomfortable level. then release the lever to lock thewheel i n place.

Do not ad-just he steering wheel while driving.

The lever on the left. side of the steering columnincludes your:

Turn Signal and Lane Change Indicator

Headlamp HighLow Beam Changer

0 Windshield Wipers

0 Windshield Washer

2-38 -

Turn and Lane Change SignalsThe turn signal has twio upward (for right) and twodownward (for left)positions. These positions allowyou

to signal a turn or LI lane change.

To signal a tum, move the lever a l l the way up or down.When the turn is finished. the lever will return automatically.

If a bulb is burned out, replace it to help ac.oid anaccident. I f the arrows don't go on at all when yousignal a turn, check the fuse (see "Fuses and CircuitBreakers" in the Index) and for burned-out bulbs.

I f you have a trailer towing optionwith added wiring forthe trailer lamps. a different turn signal flasher is used.



An arrow on the instrumentpanel will flash i n thedirection of the turnor lane change.

To signal a lane change, ust raise or lower the leverunt.il the arrow starts to flash. Hold i t there un t i l youcomplete your lane change. The lever will return byitself when you release it.

As you signal a turn or a lane change, if the arrows don'tflash but just stay on, a signal bulb may be burned outand other driverswon't see your turn signal.

With this flasher installed, the signal indicator will flasheven if ;Iturn signal bulb is burned out. Check the front

and rear turn signal lamps regularly to make sure theyare working.

Headlamp HighLow Beam Changer

To change the headlamps from low-beam to high orhigh to low. pull the multifunction lever all the waytoward you. Then release i t .

2-39

Windshield WipersYou control the windshieldwipers by turning the bandwith the wiper symbol on it .

Be sure to ciear ice and snow from the wiper bladesbefore using them. I f they’re frozen to the windshield,carefully loosen or thaw them. I f your blades do becomeworn or datnaged. set new blades or blade inserts.

Windshield Washer



For a single wiping cycle. turn the band to MIST. Holdi t there unt i l the wipers start. then let go. The wipers will

stop after one wipe. f you want Inore wipes, hold the

band on MIST longer.You can set the wiper speed I‘or a long or short delaybetween wipes. This can be very L I S ~ ~ L I In light rain orsnow. Turn the band to choose the delay time. Thecloser to LOW, the shorter the delay.

At the top of the multifunction lever there’s a paddlemarked with the windshield washer symbol and PUSH.

To spray washer fluid on the windshield, press thepaddle. The wipers w i l l clear the window and then

either stop or return to your preset speed.

I

I

A C iTJTION:

In freezing weather, don’t use your washer until

the windshield is warm ed. Otherwise the washer

fluid can form ice an the windshield, blocking

your vision.

2-40

Rear Window W asherm iper

WASH\

I I

The rear window wiper operates with a constant fivesecond delay when the rear wiper switch is in the ONposition. If the rear glass is opened, the wiper armwill automatically park on the endgate. When theglass is completely closed, the wiper will resume thedelay mode.



OFF

REAR WIPER

This switch is located 011 he instrument panel.

To wash the window, press and hold ON. The wiperswill continue to work after you release the switch.

Press OFF to turn the wiper off.

The rear window washer uses the same fluid bottle a s

the windshield washer. However, the rear windowwasher will ru n out of fluid before the windshieldwasher. I f you can wash your windshield bu t not yourrear window, check your fluid level.

2-41

Cruise Control (If Equipped)With cruise control, you canmaintain a speed of about25 mph (40 krn/h) or morewithout keeping your footon the accelerator. This can

A C A U i ION:Iruise control can be dangerous where you

can’t drive safely at a steady speed. So,

don‘t use your cruisecontrol on winding



really help on long trips.

Cruise control does notwork at speeds below about25 rnph (40 km/h).

If you have an automatic transmission and you applyyour brakes, the cruise control will shut off.

If you have a manual transmission and you apply your

brakes or push the clutch pedal, the cruise control willshut off.

roads or in heavy traffic.

slippery roads. On such roads, fast changes

in tire tractioncan cause needless wheel

spinning, and you could lose control. Don’t

use cruise control on slippery roads.

Cruise control can be dangerous on

Setting Cruise Control

I

If you leave your cruise control switch on when

Resuming a Set SpeedSuppose you set your cruise control at a desired speedand then y o u apply the brake. This, of course, shuts off

the cruise control. But you don’t ne.ed to reset it.

Once. you’re going about

25 mph (40 k m h ) or nnore,



you’re not using cruise, you m ight hit a button

an d go into cruise when you don’t want to. You

could be startled and even lose control. Keep

the cruise control switch OFF until you want to

use it.

1 - Move the cruise control switch to ON.

2 . Get up to the speed you want.

3. Press in the SET buttonat the end of the leverand release i t .

4. TLlkeyour foot oft’theaccelerator pedal.

yo u can move the cruise

control switch from ONto R/A for about a halfa second.

You’ll go right back LI P o your chosen speed andstay there.

R e n ~ e m b e r . f you hold t h e swi tch a t R/A longer t han ahalf a second, the vehicle will keep going faster until

you release the switch o r apply th e brake. You could bestartled and even lose control. So unless you want to go

faster. don‘t h o l d the switch a t R/A.

2-43

Increasing Speed Wh ile Using Cruise ControlThe.re are two ways to go to a higher speed:

Use the accelerator pedal to get to the higher speed.Press the button at the end of the lever, then releasethe button and the accelerator pedal. You'll nowcruise at the higher speed.

Using C ruise Control on Hills



Move the cruise switch from ON to R/A. Hold i t

there until you get up to the speed you want, andthen release the switch. (To increase yo~t r peed i n

very snlall amounts, move the switch t o R/A. Eachtime you do this, y o u r vehicle will go about I mph

( 1 -6k d h ) faster.)

Reducing Speed W hile Using Cruise Control

Press in the button at the end of the lever un t i l you reach

the lower speed you want, then release i t.

To slow down i n very small amounts. press the buttonfor less than a half a second. Each time you do this.

you' l l go 1 mph (1.6 k d h j slower.

Passing A nother Vehicle While Using C ruise Control

Use the accelerator pedal to increase your speed. When

you take your foot off the pedal,Y O L I I -

vehicle will slowdown to the cruise control speed you set earlier.

Ending C ruise Control

Erasing Speed Memory

2-44

Exterior Lamps Press the top switch with the parking lamps symbol on i tt o turn on:



2-45

Lamps On ReminderA reminder tone will sound when your headlamps orparking lamps are turned on and your ignition is in OFF,LOCK or ACCESSORY. To turn the tone off, press theOFF switch.

Daytime Running Lamps

When the DRL are on. only your headlamps will be on.The taillamps, sidemarker and other lamps won't be on.The instrument panel won't be li t up either.

When it begins to get dark, your DRL indicator light is a

reminder to turn your headlamp switch on. The otherlamps that come on with your headlamps will alsocome on.



Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) can make i t easier for

others to see the front of your vehicle during the day.DRL can be helpful in many different drivingconditions, but they can be especially helpful in theshort periods after dawn and before sunset.

The DRL system will make your headlamps come on atreduced brightness when:

the ignition is on,

the headlamp switch is off and

the parking brake is released.

When you turn the headlamp switch off, the regularlamps will go off, and your headlamps will change tothe reduced brightness of DRL.

To idle your vehicle with the DRL off, set the parkingbrake. The DRL will stay off until you release th e

parking brake.

As with any vehicle, you should turn on the regularheadlamp system when you need it.

2-46

Fog Lamps (If Equipped)Remember, fo g lamps alone will not give off as muchlight as your headlamps. Never use your fog lamps i n

the dark without turning on your headlamps.

Fog lamps will go off whenever your high-beamheadlamps come on. When the high beams go off,

the fog lamps will come on again.



Use your fog lamps for better vision in foggy or mistyconditions. Your parking lamps or low-beam headlampsmust be on for your fo g lamps to work.

The fog lamp switch is on the instrument panel underthe lamps switches. Press the side of the switch with thefog lamp symbol to turn the fog lamps on . Press OFF toturn them off. A light will glow in the switch when thefog lamps are on.

Interior Lamps

Brightness Control

Turn the switch next to the headlamp switch u p to

make your instrument panel and transfer case lightsbrighter. Turn the switch a l l the way up to turn on theinterior lamps.

Front Reading Lamps(If Equipped)

Press the button near each lamp on the overhead consoleto turn the reading lamps on and off. The lamps can beswiveled t o point i n the desired direction.

If y o u have the rniniconsole, press the lens on eachreading lamp to turn i t on or off.

2-47

Front Map Lamps (I f Equipped)I f your vehicle has optional front rm p lamps, theyare located on the inside rearview mirror. They will

automatically come on fo r approximately 20 secondswhen either front door is opened or unlocked with the

Keyless Entry System, if so equipped, or u n t i l the

ignition key is turned to R U N or ACCESSORY. The

Dome LampsThe rear dome lamp has a switch that lets you turn i t on

from the rear of the vehicle.



lamps will also stay on for approxinlately 15 seconds

after you exit the vehicle.

They will also stay on for I5 seconds when the IN T

LIGHTS switch on the instrument panel is turned onthen off, while the ignition is off.

You can also turn the lamps on an d off by pressing theswitch near each lamp.

Press the side o f the switch with the lamp symbol to turn

on the front a n d rear dome lamps. Pressing the other sideof the swirch will turn the cargo area dome lamp off,

even when the endgate or liftgate an d doors are open.

2-48

Outside Manual Adjust MirrorAdjust your outside mirrorsso you can just see the sideof your vehicle.

You can fold them before entering a car wash. Pull themirrors in toward the vehicle. Push the mirrors back outwhen finished.



Press the tab under the mirror to reduce glare fromheadlamps behindyou.

Power Remote Control Mirror

The control is located on thedriver’s door armrest.Turnthe control toL or R tochoose the mirror, thenpress the arrowson theoutside switch ring to adjustthe mirror.

2-49

Convex Outside MirrorYour passenger's side mirror s convex. A convexmirror's surface is curved so you can see more frorn thedriver's seat.

A CAUTION:

Overhead Console(If Equipped)



A convex mirror can mak e things (like other

vehicles) look farther away than they really are.

If you cut too sharply into the righ t lane, you

could hit a vehicle on your right. Check your

inside mirror or glance over your shoulder before

changing lanes.

Storage Compartments

Glove Box

To open your glovebox: squeeze the lever at the top of

the glove box and lower the door. Two cup depressionsare provided for your convenience, but the glove box

should not be open while driving.

The overhead console includesreading lamps, acompartment for a garage door opener. a temperatureand compass display and a storage compartmentfor sunglasses.

2-50

Reading Lamps

Press the button near eachlamp to turn th e readinglamps on and off.

Installing a GarageDoor Opener

If you have a garage door opener, the front overheadcompartment can be used to conveniently storethe opener.

To install the garage door opener, first open thecompartment door by pressing the latch forward.



The lamps can also be swiveled to point in thedesired direction.

F

Peel the protective

backing from the hookand loop patch.

Press i t firmly to the back of your garage door opener,a s close to the center of the opener as possible.

Center the garage door opener activation button overthe console door button and press the opener firmly

into place.

2-51

The pegs inside thecompartment door are usedto make sure the button on

the compartment door willcontact the control buttonon the garage door opener.

Now, with the compartmentdoor closed, press thebutton again to make surethe garage door openeroperates properly.



Add one peg at a time unti l the garage door openeroperates with the compartment door closed when youpress the button.

With the garage door opener pos' lonedroperlyndheright number of pegs in place, you should only have to

press the button slightly to operate the opener. Adjust theposition of the garage door opener and add or removepegs, as needed, unti l the opener operates properly.

-

2-52

Temperature and Compass Display Turn the display on or off by pressing the ON/OFFswitch. Display the temperature in either de,oreesFahrenheit (English)or Celsius (metric) by pressing theUS/MET switch.

Before you turn on the ignition and move the vehicle,the temperature indicated will be the last outsidetemperature recorded with the ignition on.



The outside air temperature and the compass aredisplayed at the front of the overhead console. Thecontrol switches are located to the left of the display.

I f the outside temperature is 37°F ( 3 ° C )or lower when

you turn o n the ignition, ICE will appear on the display.This is a warning to the driver that road conditions maybe icy, and that appropriate precautions should be taken.

The compass is self-calibrating. so i t does not need tobe nlanually set. However, when your vehicle is new.the compass may function erratically. I f it does, C A L(Calibration) will appear on the display. To correct theproblem, drive in a complete 360" circle three times,and the compass will function normally.

2-53

R2.

3.

4.

Press and hold both the ON/OFF and the US/METswitches. The display will go off.

After five seconds, VAR CA L will appear on thedisplay. When it does, release both buttons.

Press US/MET until your zone number appears onthe display.



Variance is the difference between magnetic north andgeographic north. In some areas, the difference betweenthe two can be great enough to cause false compassreadings. If this happens, follow these instructions to setthe variance for your particular location:

I . Find your location on the zone map. Note yourzone number.

5 . Press ON/OFF to enter your zone number. Your

variance is now set.

Driver Information System(If Equipped)

This system displays the outside air temperature,compass direction and trip information in theoverhead console.

The USMET (United Statedmetric) button allows you toswitch the display between the English and metric system.

The M ODE button can be used to toggle between threemodes o f operation: OFF, COMP/TEMP and TRIP.

OFF: This turns the system off.

COMP/TEMP: The display provides the outsidetemperature and one of eight compass readings to

indicate the direction the vehicle is facing.

2-54

The compass is self-calibrating, so i t does not needt o be manually set. However. if C (Calibration) isdisplayed, the compass will need to be calibrated.You may also place the compass in a noncalibratedInode by pressing and holding the MODE and US/METbuttons simultaneously while in the COMP/TEMPmode. After about 10 seconds, the compass will displayC and you can release the buttons. Drive the vehicle in

5 . Press MODE t o enter your zone number. Yourvariance is now set and the display will return tothe COMP/TEMP mode.

TRIP: Once in the TRIP mode. pressing theMODE button will step you through the followingTRIP functions:

0 AVG ECON: The average fuel economy since the



a complete 360" circle three times at a speed of less

than 5 mph (8 km/h), and the compass will functionnor~nally. Oncehe calibration is complete, the displaywill return to a compass reading.

Variance is the difference between magnetic north and

the two can be great enough to cause false compassreadings. I f this happens. follow these instructions toset the variance for your particular location:

I . Find your location on the zone map earlier i n this

2. Press and hold both the MODE and the USNET

z eographic north. In some areas, he difference between

section. Note your zone number.

buttons i n the COMP/TEMP mode.

3 . After five seconds, the compass will acknowledgethe variation mode by displaying the cuwent zonenumber. When i t does, release both buttons.

4. Press US/MET un t i l your zone number appearson the display.

0

0

0

0

To

last reset is displayed.

INST ECON: Instantaneous fuel economy for thelast second o f driving is displayed.

RANGE: The display indicates the estimateddistance that can be travelled with the remainingfuel i n the tank, based on the fuel economy for thelast few hours of driving.

FUEL USED: The fuel used since the last reset

is displayed.AVCJ SPEED: The average speed since the lastreset is displayed.

reset the trip computer. press the M O D E andUS/MET butt& silnultaneously for a t least twoseconds. All functions w i l l be displayed for half asecond once the system is reset.. Reset can only beperformed i n the AVG ECON. FUEL USED andAVG SPEED modes. All three modes are resetsilnultaneously.

2-55

Sunglasses StorageCompartment

Front Storage Area



I

Door Storage

2-56

Convenience Net (If Equipped)



If your vehicle has the center armrest compartment, lift

the cover to expose the storage area which includes slots

for cassettes and a coinholder.

A storage compartment under your radio may be used tohold small items.

You may have a convenience net in the rear of your vehicle to

help keepsmall items, like gloves and light clothingn placeduring sharp turns or quick stops and starts.

The net is not designed to retain these items duringoff-road use. The net is not for larger. heavier items.

The convenience net is anchored to the end,rate door.Attach the upper loops t o the retainers o n either side of

the endgate opening (the label should be i n the upperpassenger side corner, visible from the rear o f ’ vehicle).Attach the lower h o o k s to the rear cargo tie downs o n

the floor.

2-57

Roll-Up Cargo Cover (If Equipped)Ifyou have the optional cargo cover,you can use it tocover items in the cargo area of your vehicle.

Grasp the handle and unroll the cover. Latchhe posts

into the sockets on the inside trim panel on th e

passenger's side of the vehicle to secure it.

Cargo Tie Downs



A CAUTION:

An improperly stored cargo cover could e

thrown abo ut the vehicle during a collision

or sudden maneuver. You or others could be

injured. If you remove the cover, always store it

outside of the vehicle. When you put it back,

alway s be sure that it is securely reattached. There are four cargo tie downs in the rear that allowyou to strap cargo in and keep it frommoving insidethe vehicle.

2-58

Lugg-xe Car-% (If 'D,qr%ped)

IN:

If you try to carryomething on top of your

vehicle that is longer or wider than the uggage

The luggage carrier has slats, side rails and crossrailsattached t o the roof t o secure cargo. The moveable tiedowns: attached to the side rails, should be used tosecure loads to the luggage carrier.

Use G M accessory racks that are compatible with yourluggage carrier for transporting sports equipment.These are available through your G M dealer.



carrier -- like paneling, plywood, a mattress, and

so forth -- the wind can catch it as you drive

along. This cancause you to lose control. What

you are carrying ould be violently torn off, and

this could cause you or other drivers toave a

collision, and of course damage yourvehicle. You

may be able to carry something like this inside.

But, never carry something longer or wider than

the luggage carrier on top of your vehicle.

2-59

You can adjust thecrossrails to handle different sized

laads. Just loosen the slider knobs at tach end af thecrossrail and move them to where you want them Makesure both sidesof the crossrail are even, thentightenthe slider knobs.

Be m e he cargoisproperly loaded. Followhese guidelines:

Carrying small,heavy loads on the roof is not



Remove the center rubber stripsn the crossrails and

attach theGM accessory rack to the nut plates provided

through the center slots (four per crossrail).

The tap plates can be moved to accommodateariouspositions by sliding them inside the crossrail to the

desired locations before mounting the accessory rack.

recommended.

Tie the load to the moveabletie down (two per eachside of the side rails). Use the crossrails only to keepthe load from sliding.

as far apart as possible. Tie the loado the moveablet ie downs providedn the side rails. Also ie the load

to the bumpers. Do not tie the load so tightly that the

crossrailsor side rails are damaged.

0 If you need to carry long items, move the crossrails

2-60

NOTICE:

Loading cargo thatweighs more than200 lbs.

(91 kg) on the luggage carrier may damage your

vehicle. When you carry large things, neveret

them hang over the rearr the sidesof your

vehicle. Load your cargo o that it rests on the

Ashtrays and Cigarette LighterTo use the lighter, press i t i n al l the way, and let go.When it's ready, it will pop back by itself.

NOTICE:

Don't hold a cigarette lighter n with your hand



slats and does not scratch or damage theehicle.Put the cargo against the side rails and fasten it

securely to the luggage carrier.Put the main

weight as far forwards you can.

Don't exceed the maximum vehicle capacity whenloading your vehicle. For more information on vehicle

capacity and loading. see "Loading Your Vehicle" i nthe Index.

To prevent damage o r loss of cargo as you're driving.check now and then to make sure the luggage carrier andcargo are still securely fastened.

while it is heating. If you do, it won't be able toback away from the heating element whent's

ready. That can make it overload, damaging the

lighter and the heating element.

The front ashtray must be completely pulled o u t to theopen position before the ashtray cover opens and

smoking material can be deposited.

2-61

I NOTICE:

Don’t put papers and other things that burn into

your ashtray. If you do, cigarettes or other

smoking m aterials could set them on fire

causing damage.

Illuminated Visor Vanity Mirror(If Equipped)



To remove the front ashtray, lift the release tab as highas possible, then remove the tray.

Four-door vehicles have smaller ashtrays inside the reardoors. Press PUSH to turn the ashtray around for use.

Sun Visors

To block out glare, you can swing down the top and

bottom visors. You can also swing the bottom visor fromside to side. Your visors may have an extension that canbe pulled out for additional glare protection an d a strapfor holding small items, such as maps.

Visor Vanity Mirror

Pull the sun visor down and lift the cover t o expose thevanity mirror.

Pull the sun visor down and lift the mirror cover to turnon the lamps.

2-62

Accessory Power Outlets (If Equipped)If you have accessory power outlets, you can plug in

auxiliary electrical equipment. The accessory poweroutlets are located below the cigarette lighter. Just pull

down from the top of the door and follow the properinstallation instructions that are included with anyelectrical equipment you install.

Sunroof (If Equipped)



These circuits are protected by a fuse and have

maximum current levels.

I NOTICE:

When using the accessory power outlets, nlaximum

electrical load must not exceed 25 amps. Always

turn off any electrical equipment when not in use.

Leaving electrical equipment on for extended

periods will drain your battery.

Your vehicle may be equipped with a power slidingsunroof. Press and release the rear side of the button i n

the miniconsole to open th e sun roo f . You can press theforward side o f the button to close the sunroof. Once thesunroof is closed. press the forward side of the button to

open the sunroof to the vent position.

The sunroof is a l so equipped with a sunshade which youcan pull forw;~rd o block sun rays.

2-63

Universal Transmitter(If Equipped)



Mini Console

Full-Size Console

This transmitter allows you o consolidate the functions

of up to three individual hand-held transmitters. It willoperate garage doorsan d gates. or with the accessorypackage. other devices controlled by I-adio frequency suchas hondoft'ice lighting systems and security systems.

The transmitter w i l l learn and transmit the frequenciesof most current transmitters an d is powered by yourvehicle's battery and charging system.

2-64

This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules.

Operation is subject to the following two conditions:( ) This device may not cause harmful interference, and( 2 ) This device must accept any interference received,including interference that may cause undesired operation.

Programming the Transmitter

Do not L I S ~he transmitter with any garage door openerthat does not have the ”stop and reverse’‘ feature. This

2 . Hold th e end of the hand-held transmitter against the

bottom surface of the ~~niversalransmitter so thatyou can still see the red light.

3. Decide which one of the three channels you want toprogram. Using both hands, press the hand-heldtransmitter button and the desired button on theuniversal transmitter. Continue t o hold both buttonsthrough Step 4.



includes any garage door opener model manufacturedbefore April 1, 1982.

Re .WI-P tllcrt p w p l t ~ m l ohjucts c11-0 c l m r of‘the g( i t -cqe

c l o o ~ .o l r citxl I?t-~.’s”L“ll}”ill,s!

Your vehicle’s engine should be turned off whileprogramming the transmitter. Follow these steps toprogram u p to three channels:

I , I f you have not previously programmed a universalchannel, proceed to Step 2. Otherwise, hold down thetwo outside buttons on the universal transmitter until

the red light begins to flash rapidly (approximately20 seconds). Then rekase the buttons. This procedureinitializes the memory and erases any previoussettings for all three channels.

4. Hold down both buttons unti l yo~r ee the red lighton the Llniversal transmitter flash rapidly. The rapidflashing, which could take up t o 90 seconds,indicates that the universal transmitter has beenprogrammed. Release both buttons once the lightstarts t o flash rapidly.

If you have trouble programming the universaltransmitter, make s~rrehat you have followed the

directions exactly as described and that the battery in thehand-held transmitter is not dead. If yo~t till cannotprogram i t , rotate the hand-held transmitter end over endand try again. The universal transmitter may not workwith older garage door openers that do n o t meet currentFederal Consumer Safety Standards. If you cannotprogram the transmitter after repeated attempts. consultyour G M dealer.

Be sure to keep the original hand-held transmitter in caseyou need t o erase and reprogram the universal transmitter.

2-65

Operating the Transmitter

Press and hold the appropriate button on the universaltransmitter. The red light comes on while the signal isbeing transmitted.

Note that the effective transmission range of theuniversal transmitter may differ from the hand-heldtransmitter and from one channel to another.

Erasing Channels

To program a garage door opener with the rolling code

feature, do the following:1 .

-.

3 .

Program your hand-held transmitter to the universaltransmitter by following the steps provided under"Programming the Transmitter" earlier n this section.

Remove the cover panel from the garage door openerreceiver. It is located near the garage door opener motor.

Locate the training button on the garage door opener



To erase all three programmed channels, hold downthe two outside buttons until the red light begins toflash. Individual channels cannot be erased. but can bereprogrammed using the procedure for programming thetransmitter explained earlier.

Training a Garage Openerwith a "RollingCode" Feature

If you programmed the universal transmitter. bu t thegarage door will not open. and f your garage door openerwas manufactured after 1995,your garage door may havea security feature that changes the "code" of your garagedoor opener every time it is opened or closed.

To determine if your garage door opener has this

"rolling code" feature. press the appropriate button on

the universal transmitter that was programmed. I f the

red light tlashes rapidly for one to two seconds, thenturns solid, your garage door opener has this feature.

4.

5 .

6.

receiver. The exact location and color will varyamong brands.

Press the training button on the garage door openerreceiver for one to two seconds.

Return to your vehicle and press the programmedbutton on the universal transmitter until the red lightflashes rapidly (about two seconds).

Release the button. then repress i t to confirm i t wasprogrammed to the garage door opener receiver.

You may now use either the universal transmitter orthe hand-held transmitter to open your garage door.I f you still have difficulty in programming and I

assistance. please call 1-800-355-35 15.

AccessoriesAccessories for the universal transmitter are av a I

:quire

lable

from the manufitcturer of the unit . If y o u would likeadditional information. please call 1-800-355-3515.

2-66

Instrument Panel



2-67

A . Air Vents

B. Instrument Cluster

C. Electronic Transfer Case (If Equipped)

D. Comfort Controls

E. Clove Box

F. Ashtray

H. Storage Compartment

I . Audio System

J. Fog Lamps ( I f Equipped)

K. Lamp Controls

L. Rear Endgate Release

M. Brake Release



C. Cigarette Lighter/Power Auxiliary Outlets( I f Equipped)

N. Rear W indow WasherNiper0. Rear Window Defogger ( I f Equipped)

2-68

Instrument Panel ClusterYour instrument cluster is designed t o let you know at a glance ho w your vehicle is running. You'll know how fast you'regoing. about how much fuel you've used. and many other things you'll need t o know to drive safely at?d economically.

ANTI- OCK SERVlCEGATEENGINEpJARSOON Q

HIFT



OIL (J y 3

MPH

0AIR CHECK

BA G GAGES

UNLEADED FUELONLY

!3 i) OLTS

Standard Cluster

2-69

BAGAIR P I

GATEAJAR

ANTI -LOCK

SERVICEENGINESOON

CHECKGAGES

.e0.oo.J3 0

SHIFT

UNLEADEDFUELONLY



n

MPH

P R N D D 2 1

1 1 1 [ 1 0 1 1 0 0

Optional Cluster

nRP M

W

2-70

Speedometer and Odometer

Your speedometer lets you see your speed in both milesper hour (mph) and kilometers per hour (kndh).

Your odometer shows how far your vehicle has beendriven, in either miles (used i n the United States) orkilometers (used in Canada).

Your odometer is tamper resistant. It will show silver linesbetween the numbers if someone tries t o turn it back.

Each tachometer has a different l i m i t depending on the

powertrain in your vehicle. The tachometer has threeareas: normal operating range, red warning range andred danger range.

The normal operating range shows your engine speedduring normal driving conditions. For example, whenthe needle points t o 2, i t means the engine is running at2.000 revolutions per minute (rpm). The achometerneedle will vary all the time that the engine is running.



You may wonder what happens if your vehicle needs anew odometer installed. I f the new one can be set t o themileage total of the old odometer, then it must be. But if

it can't, then it's set at zero, and a label must be put onthe driver's door to show the old mileage reading whenthe new odometer was installed.

Trip Odom et

The trip odometer can tell you how f i r your vehicle hasbeen driwn since you last set the trip odometer to zero.

To set the trip odome.ter t o zero, press the button nearthe readout.

Tachometer (If Equipped)

The tachometer displays he engine speed in revolutions

ner minute (rprn).

The shaded red warning range tells you that your enginespeed is reaching its upper limits. Don't drive very longwith the tachometer in the red warning range. I f youhave a manua l transmission. shift to a higher gear a s

soon as possible. If you have an automatic transmission,lift your foot off of the accelerator pedal.

The solid red danger range tells you that your engine speed

is at its upper limits. Your should immediately shift to ahigher gear, or lift your foot off of the accelerator pedal.

1 NOTICE:

Do not operate the engine with the tachometer in

the red range, or engine damage w ill occur.

_. 2-71

WarningLights,

Gages and Indicators

This part describes the warning lights and gages thatmay be on your vehicle. The pictures will help youlocate them.

Warning lights and gages can signal that something is

wrong before i t becomes serious enough to cause anexpensive repair or replacement. Paying attention t o

your warning lights and gages could also save you or

When one of the warning lights comes on and stays on

when you are driving, or when one of the gages showsthere may be a problem, check the section that tells youwhat to do about it . Please follow this manual’s advice.Waiting to do repairs can be costly -- an d evendangerous. So please get to know your warning lightsand gages. They’re a big help.

Safety Belt Reminder Light



others from injury.

Warning lights come on wl1e.n there may be or is a

problem with one of your vehicle’s functions. As youwill see in the details on the next few pages, somewarning lights come on briefly when you start theengine just to let you know they’re working. If you arefamiliar with this section, you should not be alarmed

when this happens.Gages can indicate when there may be or is a problemwith one of your vehicle’s functions. Often gages andwarning lights work together to let you know whenthere’s a problem with your vehicle.

When the key is turned to R U N or START, a tone will

come on for about eight seconds to remind people tofisten their safety belts, unless the driver’s safety belt isalready buckled.

The safety belt light will

also come on and stay onfor about 20 seconds,

then it will flash for about55 seconds. I f the driver’sbelt is already buckled,neither the tone nor thelight will come on.

2-72

Air Bag Readiness Light

There is an air bag readiness light 011 the instrumentpanel, which shows AIR RAG. The system checks theair bag's electrical system fo r ~~~alfunctions.he lighttells you if there is an electrical problem. The syslemcheck includes the air bag sensors. the air bag module,the wiring and the diagnostic module. For n~oreinformation on the air bag system. sec .'Air Rag" in

the Index.

The a ir ba g readiness light should flash for a few

seconds when you turn the ignition key to R U N . If thelight doesn't co111eon then. have i t fixed so it will bere.ady t o warn y o u if there is a problem.

_ .-

lrging System Indicator Light

The charging system lightw i l l come o n brietly whenyou turn on the ignition,



AIRBAG

This light will ~0111e onwhen you start your engine,and it will flash for a fewseconds. Then thc ightshould go out. Thismeansthe system is ready.

I f the air bag readiness light stays 0 1 1 after you start the

engine o r comes on when y o u are driving, yourail- bagsystem m a y not work properly. Have your vehicleserviced right a w a y .

II but the engine is notrunning, as a check t o

show you i t is working.

I t should go out once the engine is running. I f i t stayson. or comes on while you are driving. y o u m ay havea problem with the. charging system. I t could indicatethat you have prob lem with a generator drive belt. oranother electrical problem. Have it checked right away.Driving while this light is o n could drain your battery.

If you must drive a short distance with the light 011,becertain to turn off a l l your accessories. sucha s the radioand air conditioner.

2-73

Voltmeter Gage

When your engine is not

running. but the ignition ison ( i n the R U N position).this gage shows y o u r

battery’s stateof charge i n

DC volts.

VOLTS

Readings i n the low warning mne m a y occur when a

large number of electrical accessories are operating nthe vehicle and the engine is left at an idle for anextended period. This condition is normal since thecharging system is not able to provide full power atengine idle.As engine speeds are increased, hiscondition should correct itself as higher engine speedsal low the charging systemto create maximum power.

You can on ly drive f o r a short time with the reading in



When the engine is running, the gage shows thecondition of the. charging system.Readings between thelo w and high warning zones indicate the normaloperating range.

either warning zone. I f you must drive, turn off a l l

unnecessary accessories.

Readings i n either warning zone indicate a possibleproblem i n the electrical system. Have the vehicleserviced as soon as possible.

2-74

Brake System Warning Light

Your vehicle’s hydraulic brake system is divided intotwo parts. If one part isn’t working, th e other part canstill work and stop you. For good braking, though, youneed both parts working well.

If the warning light comes on, there could e a brakeproblem. Have your brake system inspected right away.

Your brake systemmay not be working properly

if the brake system warningight is on. Driving

with the brake systemwarning light on can lead

to an accident. If the light is still on after you’ve

pulled off the road and stoppedcarefully, have



Ihis light should come onbriefly when you turn the

ignition key to R U N . If i t

doesn’t come on then,RAKE

(a)@) : if

have it fixed so it will be

If the light comes onwhile you are driving, pull off theroad and stop carefully. You may notice that the pedal isharder to push. Or, the pedal may go closer to he floor.I t may take longer to stop.If the light is still on, have thevehicle towed for service. (See “Towing Your Vehicle“in the Index.)

the vehicle towed for service.

When the ignition is on, the brake system warning lightwill also come on when you set your parking brake. Thelight will stay on if your parking brake doesn’t releasefully. If it stays on after your parking brake is fullyreleased, it means you have a brake problem.

2-75

Anti-Lock Brake System Warning Light

With the anti-lock brakesystem. this light will CC)IIIC

engine and may stayon fo r several seconds.That's normal.

0 1 1 when you start y0LIr

Engine Coolant TemperatureGage



2-76

Malfunction Indicator Lamp

(Service Engine Soon Light)

SERVICEENGINE

NOTICE:

If y o u keep driving yourvehicle with this light

on, aftera while, your emission controls may not

work as well, your fuel econonly may not be as

good and your engine may not runs smoothly.

This could lead to ostly repairs that m ay not be



SOON covered by your warranty.

This light should come o n . a s ;I check t o show you it is

working, tvhen the ignition is on and the engine is n o t

running. I t ' the light doesn't conw o n , have i t repaired.This light will also come on during a malfunction i n one

o f t w o t1;ays:

2-77

If the Light Is Flashing

The following may prevent more serious damage t o

your vehicle:

Reducing vehicle speed.

Avoiding hard accelerations.

Avoiding steep uphill grades.

If you are towing a trailer. reduce the anlount of

cap has been left off or improperly installed. A loose or

missing fuel cap w i l l allow fuel to evaporate into theatmosphere. A few driving trips with the cap properlyinstalled should turn the light off,

Did you *justdrive through a deep puddle of water’!

If so, your electrical system may be wet. The conditionwill usually be corrected when the electrical systemdries out. A few driving trips should turn the light off.



cargo being hauled as soon as i t is possible.If the light stops flashing and remains on steady. see “ I f

the Light Is On Steady” following.

If the light continues t. o flash, when i t is safe to do so .

s t o p the \?el?ic&~.ind a safe place to park your vehiclc.Turn the key off, wait at least 10 seconds and restart theengine. I f the light remains on steady, see “If the LightIs On Steady” following. I f the light is still flashing,

follow the previous steps, and drive the vehicle to yourdealer or qualified service center for service.

If the Light Is On Steady

You may be able to correct the emission systemmalfunction by considering the following:

Did you recently put fuel into your vehicle?

If so , reinstall the fuel cap, making s111-eo fully installthe cap. The diagnostic system can cleter~ninef the fuel

Have you recently changed brands of fuel?

I 1 so , be sure to fuel your vehicle with cpality fuel (see“Fuel” i n the Index). Poor fuel quality will cause yourengine not to r11n as e,fficiently as designed. You maynotice this as stalling after start-up, stalling whenyou putthe vehicle i n t o gear, mistlring, hesitation on accelerationor stumbling on acceleration. (These conditions may goaway once the engine is warmed up.) This will be detectedby the system and cause the light to turn on .

If you experience one or more of these conditions,change the fuel brand you use. It will require at least onefu l l tank of the proper fuel t o turn the light off.

I f none of the above steps have made the light. turn off.have your dealer or qualified service center check thevehicle. Your dealer has the proper test equipment and

diagnostic tools to fix a n y mechanical or electricalproblcnls that may have developed.

Engine Oil Pressure Gage

Don't keep driving f the oil pressure is low. If'

you do, your engine can becomeo hot that it

catches fire.You or otherscould be burned.

Check your oil as soon as possible and have your

vehicle serviced.



Canadian vehicles indicate pressure i n kPa (kilopascals).1 NOTICE: I

Damage to your engine from neglectedil

problems can be costly nd is not coveredby

your warranty.

2-79

Shift Light

You have the shift lightif you have a manualtransmission. This lightcomes on very briefly as a

bulb check when y o u startthe engine. Shilting whenthe indicator light is on wi 11

Check Gages Light

1 The CHECK GAGES light1 will come on briefly when

you are starting the enlrine.

CHECKGAGES



SHIFT help you get the best fueleconomy. See "Shift Light"i n the Index.

Daytime Running Lamps Indicator Light

This light is on theinstrument panel. It goes on

whenever the DRL are o n ,

the ignition is on. theheadlamp switch is off

and the parking brake is:*:(-J- e released.

2-80

Gate Ajar Light

GATEAJAR

This l ight will come onbriefly when you arestarting the engine. I f ' it

stays on, your liftgate isajar. Try closing the liftgateagain. Never drive w i t h theliftgate even partially open.

Fuel Gage

E -

When the ignition is on,the fuel gage tells you

about how much fuel you11ave remaining.



0 I t takes a little more or less file1 to fill up than the gageinclicated. For example. the gage m ay have indicatedthe tank was half full, but it actually took a little moreor less than half the tank's capacity to fill the tank.

0 The gage moves a little when you turn a corner orspeed up.

f iNOTES



2-82

Section 3 Comfort Controls and Audio Systems

In this section, you'll find out how to operate the comfort control and audio systems offered with your vehicle. Besure to read about the particular systems supplied with your vehicle.

3-2

3-2

Comfort Controls

Climate Control System

3-8 AM-FM Stereo with Cassette Tape Player

(I f Equipped)



3-3

3-33-43 5

3- 5

3-6

3-6

3-6

3-6

Air ConditioningHeatingVentilation SystemDefogging and DefrostingRear Window Defogger (Option)Audio SystemsSetting the Clock

Setting the Clock for AM-FM Stereowith Compact Disc Player and AutomaticTone ControlAM-FM Stereo

3- 10

3-13

3-17

3- 19

3- 19

3-203-2 13-2 1

AM-FM Stereo with Cassette Tape Playerand Equalizer ( I f Equipped)AM-FM Stereo with Compact Disc Playerand Automatic Tone Control ( I f Equipped)Theft-Deterrent FeatureUnderstanding Radio ReceptionTips About Your Audio System

Care of Your Cassette Tape PlayerCare of Your Compact DiscsFixed Mast Antenna

3-1

Comfort Controls

Climate Control System

83

HI

Temperature Knob

Mode Knob



L

0

to

Fan Control

3-2

011 cool but sunny days, use BI-LEVEL A/C to deliver

~varm ir to the floor and cooler air to the instrumentp"nel outlets.

When the air conditioner is on. you may sometimesnotice slight changes in y o u r 1:ehicle's engine speed andpower, This is normal because the system is designedto cycle the compressor on and off t o keep theclesired temperature.

Heating



Air Conditioning The heater works best if yo11 keep p l r windows closedwhile using it . On cold days . use HEATER With theten~perature nob turned clockwise. BLEND is L I S S ~ L I ~n

cool weather when you have fos or ice on thewinclshield o r side windows.

I f ~ O L Iuse the optional engine coolant heater befhrestarting y o ~ ~ rngine. your heatin2 system will producewarmer air faster to heat the passenger compartment i n

cold weather. See "Engine Coolant Heater" i n the Index.

3-3

Ventilation System

For mild outside temperatures when little heating orcooling is needed, use VENT to direct outside airthrough your vehicle. Airflow is through the instrumentpanel outlets.

Your vehicle’s ventilation system supplies outside air tothe inside of your vehicle when it is moving. When thevehicle is not moving, you can get outside air to flow

through by selecting any mode and any fan speed.

You can move th e outlets to direct the flow of air, or

close the outlets altogether. When you close an outlet, i twill increase the tlow of air coming out of any outletsthat are open.

Ventilation Tips

Keep the hood and front air inlet free of ice, snow orany other obstruction (such as leaves). The heaterand defroster will work far better, reducing the

chance of fogging the inside of your windows.



When you enter a vehicle in cold weather, move thefan control to HI for 21 few moments before drivingoff. This helps clear the intake ducts of snow andmoisture, and reduces the chance of fogging theinside of your windows.

0 Keep the air path under the front seats clear of

objects. This helps air to circulate throughoutyour vehicle.

You will find air outlets in the center and on the sides ofyour instrument panel.

Defogging and Defrosting

On cool. humid days. use BLEND to keep thewindshield and side windows clear.

Use DEFROST t o remove fog or ice from thewindshield quickly in extreme humid o r cold conditions.Turn the temperature knob clockwise and move the fhn

control toward HI.

Rear Window Defogger (Option)

window of as much snow or ice as possible before using

the rear window defogger.To turn on the rear window defogger, find the switchmarked REAR DEFOG o n your instrument panelbelowthe headlamp switch. Press ON unt i l the light i n theswitch comes on, then release it. It will only work if theignition switch is turned t o RUN.

The rear window defozger will stay on for five to sevenminutes. then turn off. I f you need additional warmingtime, turn i t on again. You ca n turn the defogger off at



a n y time by pressing OFF.

Do not attach a temporary vehicle license, ape or decalsacross the defogger gridon the rear window.

NOTICE:

Don ’t use a razor blade or something else sharp

on the inside of the rear window. If you do, you

could cut or dam age he warming grid, and the

repairs wouldn’t be covered by your warranty.

3-5

Audio Systems

Your Delco@ audio ystem has been designed to operateeasily and give years of listening pleasure. You will getthe most enjoyment out of it i f you acquaint yourselfw i t h it first. Find out what your Delco system can d o

and how to operate a l l its controls, t o be sure you're

went into i t.cetting the most out of the advanced engineering that

Setting the Clock

AM-FM Stereo



Press SET. Within five seconds, press and hold SEEKuntil the correct minute appears o n the display. Press andhold SCAN until the correct hour appears on the display.

Setting the Clock or AM-FM Stereowith Compact Disc Player and Automatic

Tone ControlPress and hold H R unt i l the correct hour appears on thedisplay. Press and hold M IN lm t i l the correct minuteappears on the display. To display the clock with theignition off, press RECALL and the time will bedisplayed for a few seconds. There is an initialtwo-second delay before the clock goes i n t o thetime-set mode.

Playing the Radio

PWR-VOL: This knob turns the system on and off andcontrols the volume. To increase volume, turn the knob

clockwise. Turn i t counterclockwise to decrease volume.RECALL: Display the time with the ignition off bypressing this knob. When the radio is playing, press thisknob to recall the station frequency.

Finding a Station

AM-FM: Press the lower knob to switch betweenMand FM . The display shows your selection.

TUNE: Turn the lower knob to tunen radio stations.

SEEK: Press this button o go to the next higher stationand stop.

SCAN: Press this button to listen to each station forfew seconds. The radio will goo the next station, stopfor a few seconds, theno to the next station.CAN

In addition to the four stations already set,p to three

more stations may be preset on each band by pressingtwo adjoining buttons at the same time. Just:

1. Tune in the desired station.

2. Press SET. (SET will appear on the display.)

3. Press two adjoining pushbuttons at the same time,within five seconds. Whenever ou press the sametwo buttons, the stationou set will return.

4. Repeat the steps for each pairf pushbuttons.



will appear on the display. PressCAN again tostop scanning.

PUSHBUTTONS: The four numbered pushbuttonsetyou return o your favorite stations. You can set up to14 stations (seven AM and sevenFM. Just:

1. Turn the radio on.

2. Press AM-FM to select the band.

3. Tune in the desired station.


5 . Press one of the four pushbuttons, within fiveseconds. Whenever you press that numbered button,the station you set will return.

6 . Repeat the steps for each pushbutton.

Setting the Tone

BASS: Slide this leverup or down to increase ordecrease bass.

TREBLE: Slide this lever p or down to increase ordecrease treble. f a station is weak or oisy, you may

want to decrease the treble.

Adjusting the Speaker s

BAL: Turn the control behind thepper knob to movethe sound to the left or right speakers. The middleposition balances the sound between the speakers.

FADE: Turn the control behind the lower knob to movethe sound to the front or rear speakers.he middle

position balances the sound between the speakers.

3-7

AM-FM Stereo with Cassette Tape Player Finding a Station

(If Equipped) Ahl-I~n'I:Press the lower knob t o switch between A Mancl FM . The display showsyour selection.

TUNE: TLII-11he lower knob to tune i n radio stations.

SEEK: Press this button to go to the next higher stationand stay there.

SCAN: Press this button to listen to each station for a

few seconds. The radio will go t o the next station, stopfor a few seconds. then go t o the next station. SCAN



will ~1ppear11 the display. Press SCAN again tostop scanning.

PUSHBUTTONS: The four nllmbered pushbuttons let

Playing the Radio

PWR-VOL: This knob turns the systemon and off and

controls the volume. To increase volume. turn the knobclockwise. Turn it counterclockwise to decreasec.olulne.

RCL: Display the time with the ignition off by ~ m x i n gthis knob. When the radio is playing, press this knob t o

recall th e station frequency.

2. Press AM- FM t o select the band.

3. Tune in thc desired station.


5 . Press one of the four pushbuttons. within five

seconds. Whenevcr you press that numbered button.the station S O L Iet will return.

3-8



AM-FM Stereo with Cassette Tape Player

and Equalizer (If Equipped)



SEEK: Press [his hutton to QO to the next higher stationand stay therc.

3-10



3-11

Playing a Cassette Tape

Your tape player is built t o work best with tapes t h a t are30 t o 45 minutes long 011 each sicic. Tapes longer thanthat are so thin they may not work well i n this player.

Once the tape is playing. L L S ~he PWR-VOL. B A L andFADE knobs just as y o u do for the radio. A lighteclarrow will he displayed to show tape play direction.

REVERSE: Press the m o w button i n the opposite

direction that the lighted arrow points to reversc cl~~icklyto another part of the tape. Press STOP-EJECT lightly



to stop reversing and play the tapc.

FORWARD: Press the ; w o w button i n the direction thatthe lighted arrow points to udvance quickly to anotherpart of the tape. Press STOP-EJECT lightly t o stop

forwarding and play the tape.

SEARCH: Press this button to the recessed position.Press the lighted L I I - ~ O Wo skip to the next selection. Prcss

the opposite direction ILI-I-owhat is not lighted t o replaythe current selection or skip to the previous selection.

3-12

AM-FM Stereo with CompactDisc Player

and Automatic Tone Control (If Equipped)



3-13

18

1 .

2.

3.

4.

5 .

PUSHBUTTONS: The six numbered pushbuttons let

you return to your favorite stations. You can set up t ostations (six AM. six FM 1 and six FM2). Just:

Turn the radio on.

Press AM-FM t o select the band.

Tune in the desired station.

Press AUTO TONE to select the setting you prefcr.

Press and hold one of the four pushbuttons. Thesound will mute. When i t returns. release the button.

P.SCAN: The preset scan button lets you scan through

your favorite stations stored on your pushbuttons. Sele-cteither the A M , FM I o r FM 2 mode and then pressP.SCAN. It will scan through each station stored on yourpushbuttons and stop fo r ;I ew seconds beforecontinuing to scan through a11 of the pushbuttons. PressP.SCAN again or one of the pushbuttons to stop

scanning to listen to a specific stored station. P.SCANwill light up on the display while i n this mode. I f one of

the stations stored on a pushbutton is too weak for thelocation you itre in , the radio will skip the preset station



6.

Whenever you press that numbered button, thestation you set w i l l return and the tone you selectedwill be a~~tomaticallyelected for that button.

Repeat the steps fo r each pushbutton.

and the radio display will show the channel number(PI through P6) for several seconds before advancing tothe next preset station.

Setting th e Tone

BASS: Press lightly on his knob t o release i t from it sstored position. Turn the knob clocklvise t o increasebass and counterclockwise o decrease bass. When theBASS control is rotated, the AUTO TONE setting w i l l

change t o MAN.

TREB: Press lightly on this knob t o release i t f1 -on1 ts

stored position. Turn the knob clockwise t o incrcasetreble an d counterclockwise o decrease treble. When

the TREB control is rotated, the AUTO TONE settingwill change t o MAN. If a station is weak o r noisy. you



nay w a n t t o decrease the treble.

Push these knobs back into their stored positions whenyo11'1.e o t using them.

3-15

If th e disc comes back out and ER R appears on the

display. i t could be that:You are driving on a very rough road. (Thediscshould play when the road gets srnoother.)

The disc is upside down.

I t is dirty. scrutchect or wet.

0 I t is very humid. ( I f so, wait about an hour and tryagain.)

The disc player is very hot.

REV (4): Press and h o l d REV t o return rapidly to a

favorite passage. You will hear- the disc selection play athigh speed while you press the REV button. This allowsyou t o listen and I'ind out when the disc is a t the desiredselection. Release REV to resume playing.

FWD (.6):Press and hold this button to advance rapidlywithin ;I track. You will hear the disc selection play athigh speed while you press the F W D button. This allowsyou t o listen and find out when the disc is at the desired

selection. ReleaseFWD to resume playing.



Press RECALL to make ERR go off the display.

PREV (1): Press PREV or the SEEK left arrow t o

search for the previous selection. I f you hold this buttonor press i t more than once, the disc will advunce further.Sound is muted in this mode.

RDM (2):Press this button to play the tracks on the disci n random: rather than sequential, order. While i n theRD M mode, RANDOM appears on the display. PressR D M again to return to normal play.

NEXT (3): Press NEXT or the SEEK right arrow to

search for the next selection. If you hold this button orpress it more than once, the disc will advance further.The next track number will appear on the display. Sound

is muted in Illis mode.

AM-FM: While i n the C D Inode, press this button tostop playing the CD and play the radio. The CD symbolw i l l still display but the word CD will be replaced with

either AM. FM I or FM2. ( I f the radio is turned off, thedisc stays in the player and will resume playing a t the

point where it stopped.)

RECALL: Press this button to see what track is playing.Press i t again within five seconds to see ow long theCD h a s been playing that track. Elapsed time is

displayed i n minutes and tenthsof a second. The tracknumber will also appear when a new track begins toplay. Press RECALL again to return to the time display.

3-16

CD AUX: To switch between the player and the radio

when a disc is playing, press theM-FM button. Toreturn to the player, press D AUX. When a disc isplaying, the letters CD and the D symbol will appearon the display. If the radio is turned off, the disc staysin the player nd will resume playing at the pointhereit stopped.)

EJECT: Press this button to eject the disc from theplayer and play the radio.

When the same or a ew disc is inserted, the disc willstart playing on track one.f a compact disc is left

Theft-Deterrent Feature

THEFTLOCK" is designed to discourage theftf yourradio. It worksby using a secret code o disable all radiofunctions whenever battery power is removed.

The THEFTLOCK feature for the radio may besed orignored. If ignored, the system plays normallynd theradio isnot protected by the feature. If THEFTLOCK isactivated, your radio will ot operate if stolen.

When THEFTLOCK is activated, the radiowill displayLOC to indicate a locked condition anytime battery



sitting in the opening for more than a few seconds,heplayer will pull he CDback in. The radio will continueplaying. When the ignition isff, press this button oload aCD. If you leave a compact disc in the playerwhile listening to the radio, itay become warm.

power is removed. f your battery loses ower for anyreason, you must unlock the radiowith the secret codebefore it will operate.

Activating the T heft-Deterrent Feature

The instructions which follow explain ow to enteryour

secret code to activate the THEFTLOCK system. It isrecommended thatyou read through all nine stepsbefore starting the procedure.

NOTE: If you allow more than 15seconds to elapsebetween any steps, the radio automatically reverts totime and you must start the procedure over at Step.

3-17



Disabling the Theft-Deterrent Feature

Enter your secret code a s follows; pause no more than

I5 seconds between steps:

1 . Turn the ignition to ACCESSORY o r R U N .

2 . Turn the radio off.

5 . Press M N again to nlake the last two digits agree

Understanding Radio Reception

FWl Stereo



with y o u r cock.

6. Press H R to make the first one or two digits agreewith your code.

7 . Press AM-FM after you have confiI-med that thecode matches the secret code you have written do~+m.

The display will s h o w ---, ndicating that the radio isno longer secured.

If the code entered is incorrect, SEC will appear OII thedisplay. The radio will remain sec ~~ re dn t i l the correctcode is entered.

3-19

To help avoid hearing loss or damage:

Ad-just the volume control to the lowest setting.

I NOTICE:~

Before you add any sound equipment to your

vehicle -- like a tape player, CB radio, mobile



telephone or two-way radio -- be sure you can add

what you want. If’you can, it’s very important to do

1 it properly. Added sound equipment may interfere

’ with the operationof your vehicle’s engine, Delco

radio or other systems, and even damage them.

Your vehicle’s systems may interfere with the

operation of sound equipment that has eenadded improperly.

So, before adding sound equipment, check with

your dealer andbe sure to check Federal rules

covering mobile radio and telephone units.

Care of Your Compact Discs

Fixed Mast Antenna



3-21

.b OTES



3-22

Section 4 Your Driving and the Road

Here you’ll find information about driving on different kindsf roads and in varying weather conditions. We’ve alsoincluded many other useful tipsn driving.

4-2

4-3

4-6

4-6

Defensive DrivingDrunken DrivingControl of a VehicleBraking

Before Leaving on a Long TripHighway Hypnosis

Hill and Mountain RoadsWinter Driving

4-34

4-35

4-354-37



4-9

4-11

4-12

4-13

4-14

4-28

4-294-32

4-3 3

SteeringOff-Road RecoveryPassingLoss of ControlDriving GuidelinesDriving at Night

Driving in Rain and on Wet RoadsCity DrivingFreeway Driving

Recreational Vehicle Towing(Four-wheel Drive with theManual Shift Transfer Case Only)Recreational Vehicle Towing (ExceptFour-wheel Drive with the Manual ShiftTransfer Case)

Loading Your VehicleTowing a Trailer

4-41

4-42

4-424-45

4-1

Defensive Driving



4-2

Drunken Driving

0 Vision

The Blood Alcohol Concentration (BAC)o f someonewho is drinking depends upon fcwr t h i n p :

0 The drinker's body weight



Many adults -- by some estimates. nearly half the adultpopulation -- cl~oose ever t o drink alcohol. so theynever dri\:e after drinking.For persons under 2 1 . it's

against the law i n every U.S. state to drink alcohol.There are good medical, psychological anddevelopmental I - ~ ~ S O I I So r these laws.

has taken th e drinker to

4-3



4-4

Drinking and then drivings very dangerous.

Your reflexes, perceptions, attentiveness and

judgment c a n be affectedevena small amount

of alcohol. You can have a serious - - or even

fatal -- collision if you drive after drinking.

Please don't drink and drive or ride with a driver

who has been drinking. Ride home in a cab; or if

you're with a group, designatea drive r who will



not drink.

4-5

Control of a Vehicle

You have three systems that make your vehiclego whereyou want it to go. Theyare the brakes, the steering andthe accelerator. All three systems have to o their workat the places where the tires meet the road.

Braking

Braking action involvesperception timeandreaction time.

First, you have to decide to push onhe brake pedal.That’s perception time. Then you have to bring upyourfoot and do it. hat’s reaction time.

Average reaction timeis about 314 of a second. Butthat’s only an average. It might e less with one driver

and as long as twoor three seconds or more withanother. Age, physical condition, alertness, coordinationand eyesight all play a part. So do alcohol, drugs and



Sometimes, as when you’re driving on snow or ice,t’seasy to ask more f those control systems han the tiresand road can provide. That meansou can lose controlof your vehicle.

frustration. But even in 314 of a second, a vehiclemoving at 60 mph (100 km/h) travels 66 feet (20 m).That could be a lot of distance in an emergency, so

keeping enough space between our vehicle and othersis important.

And, of course, actual stopping distances ary greatlywith the surface of the road (whether it’s pavement orgravel); the condition of the road (wet, dry, icy); tiretread; the condition of your brakes; he weight of thevehicle and the amount of brake force applied.

Anti-Lock Brakes (ABS)

If there’s ;1 problem with theanti-lock brake system. thiswarning light w i l l stay on .



See “Anti-Lock BrakeSystem Warning Light” i n

the Index.

4-7

The anti-lock system can change the brake pressure

fastert h a n

any driver could. The computeris

programmed to make the most o f available tire androad conditions.I



Here’s how anti-lock works. Let’s say the road is wet.You‘re driving safely. Suddenly a n animal jumps out i n

front of you.

You slam o n the brakes. Here’s what happens with A B S .

A computer senses that wheels are slowing down. I f oneof the wheels is about to stop rolling, the computer willseparately work the brakes at each front wheel and at therear wheels.

You can steer around the obstacle while braking hard.

A s you brake. your colnputer keeps receiving updates onwheel speed and controls braking pressure accordingly.

4-8

Steering

Power SteeringIf you lose power steering assist because the enginestops o r the system is not functioning. y o u can steer butit will take much more effort.

Steering Tips

Driving on Curves



Braking in Emergencies

4-9

Suppose you're steering througl1 a shxp C L I I - V ~ .Tllen yousuddenly accelemtc. Both control systems -- steering and

acceleration -- have to d o their work where the tires meetthe road. Adding the sudden acceleration cim ciemand t o o

much of those places. You can lose control.

What sh o~ ~l dou do if this ever happens'! Ease LIPon the

accelerator pedal. steer the vehicle th e w ay you want it

to go, and slow down.

Speed l i m i t signs near C L I ~ V ~ Sar n that ~ O L I houlcl

adjust your speed. Of co~~rse.he posted speeds arebased on good weather and road conditions. Under lessfavorable conditions you'll want to go slower.

Steering in Emergencies



If you need to reduce yo111- peed as you approach a

curve, do i t before ~ O L Inter the curve7while your frontwheels are straight ahead.

Try to adjust your speed s o you can "drive" through the

curve. Maintain a reasonable, steady speed. Wait toaccelerate unt i l you are out o f the curve. and thenaccelerate gently into the straightaway.

4-10

Off-Road Recovery

IOFF- R O A D R E C O V E R Y / ,+



An emergency like this requires close attention andaquick decision. I f yo^^ are holding the steering wheel atthe recommended 9 and 3 o'clock positions. you can

turni t a

full180

degrees very quickly without removingeither hand. B u t you have to act fast, steer quickly, andjust as quickly straighten the wheel once you haveavoided the object.

The fact that SL IC I I emergency situations are alwayspossible is a good rwson t o practice defensive driving ata l l times and wear safety belts properly.

-/// edgeof paved surface

If the level of the shoulder is only slightly below thepwement, recovery should be fairly easy. Ease off theaccelerator and then, i f there is nothing i n the way, steer so

that your vehicle straddles the edge o f the pavement. YOLI

can turn the steering wheel up t o one-quarter turn until theright front tire contacts the pavement edge. Then turn your

steering wheel t o go straight down the roadway.

4-11

Passing

The driver o f a vehicle aboutto pass another on atwo-lane I~igllwaywaits for just he right rnolnent.

accelerates, n1cn~es round the vehicle ahead. then goesback into the right lane again. A simple nl~~neuver' !

Not necessarily! Passing anothervehicle on a two-lanehighway is a potentially dangerous move. since thepassing vehicle occupies the same lane as oncomingtraffic for several seconds. A miscalculation. an error i n

judgmen~, or brief surrender to frustration or anger ansuddenly put the passing driver face o face with theworst of all traffic accidents -- the head-on collision.

0

0



0

4-12

0 Check your mirrors. g lat~ce ver your shoulder andstart your left lane change signal before moving out

of the right lane to pass. When you are fa r enoughahead o f the passed vehicle to see its front i n y o ~ ~ rinside mirror. acti\;ate your right lane change signaland move back into the right lane. (Remember thatyour right outside mirror is convex. The vehicle youjust passed m ay seem to be farther a w a y f'rom you

than it really is.)

a Try n o t to pass more than one vehicle at a time on

two-lane roads. Reconsider before passing thenext vehicle.

Loss of Control

Let's re\:iew what driving experts say about whathappens when the three control systems (brakes. steering;MIaccelerution) don't ha\^ enough friction where thetires meet the road t o do what the driver has asked.

I n any emergency. don't give up. Keep trying t o steer a.ndconstantly seek an escape route or area o f less danger.

Skidding



4-13

If your vehicle starts o slide, ease your foot ff theaccelerator pedal and quickly steer the way you want the

vehicle to go. If you start steering quickly enough, yourvehicle may straighten out. Always be ready for a

second skid if il occurs.

Of course, traction is reduced when water. snow, ice,gravel or other material is on the road. For safety. you'llwant to slow down and adjust your driving to theseconditions. I t is important t o slow down on slipperysurfaces because stopping distance will be longer and

vehicle control more lilnited.

While driving on a surface w i t h reduced traction. try

Driving Guidelines

This multipurpose passenger vehicle is defined s a utilityvehicle i n Consumer Information Regulations issued bythe National Highway Traffic Safety Administration(NHTSA) o f the United States Department ofTransportation. Utility vehicles have higher groundclearance an d a narrower track to make them capable ofperforming i n a wide variety o f off-road applications.Specific design characteristics give them higher center of

gravity than ordinary cars. An advantage of the higherground clearance is a better view of the road allowing yo11

t o anticipate problems. They are not designed for



your best to avoid sudden steering, accelerationorbraking (inclucling engine braking by shifting t o a lowergear). A n y sudden changes could cause he tircs lo slide.You may not realize the surface is slippery unt i l yo11r

vehicle is skidding. Learn o recognize warning

clues -- such as enough water. ice or packed snow o nth e road to make a "mirrored surface" -- and slow downwhen you have any doubt.

Remember: Any anti-lock brake system (ABS)helps

avoid only the braking skid.

cornering at the same speeds as conventionaltwo-wheel-drive vehicles any more than low-slung sportscars are dcsigned to perform satisfactorily under off-roadconditions. If a t a l l possible. avoid shalp turns or abruptmanewers. As with other vehicles of this type. failure tooperate this vehicle correctly may result n loss of controlor vehicle rollover.

4-14

Off-Road Driving with Your

Four-Wheel-Drive VehicleBefore You Go Off-Roading



Loading Your Vehicle for Off-Road Driving

4-15

A CAUTION:Cargo on the load floor iled higher than

the seatbacks can e thrown forward

dur ing a sudden stop.You or your

passengers could be injured. Keep cargo

be

below the topof the seatbacks.

Unsecured cargo on the load floor can

tossed about whell driving over roughterrain. You or your passengers cane

st ruck by flying ot>,jects.Secure the

Environmental Concerns



cargo properly.

0 Heavy loads on the roof raise the vehicle's

center of gravity, making it moreikely to

roll over. You can be seriously or fatally

injured if the vehicle rolls over. Put heavyloads inside the cargo area, not on theoof.

Keep cargo n the cargo areas far forward

and low as possible.

4-16

Traveling to Remote Areas



Getting Familiar with Off-Road Driving

It's a good idea to practice i n an area that's safe and

close to homebefore you go into the wilclerness.Off-road dr iv ing does rec1tIir-e some new m d cliffrent

driving skills. Here's what we mean.

Tune y o u r senses to different kinds f signals. Youreyes, for example, need t o constantly sweep the terraint o r unexpected ohstacles. Your ears need to listen fo r

unusual tire or engine sounds.With your arms, hands,feet and body, you'll need to respond t o vibrations andvehicle bounce.

W h e n g u 'r e driving off-road, bouncing and

quick chan ges in direction can easi ly throw youout of position. Th is could cause you to lose

control and crash. So, whether you're driving on

or off the road, you an d your passengers should

wear safety belts.

4-17

Scanning the Terrain

Off-road driving can take you over many different kindsof terrain. You need to be f i m i l i x with the terrain and itsmany different features. Here are some things o consider.

S u r f c m Corzc1i~io11.s.ff-roading can take you overhard-packed dirt, gravel, rocks, grass, sand, rrud. snowor ice. Each of these surfaces affects he steering.acceleration and braking of your vehicle in differentways. Depending upon the kind of surface you are on.

you may experience slipping. sliding, wheel spinning,delayed acceleration, poor traction and longerbraking distances.

When you drive over obstacles or ough terrain. keep a

firm grip on the steering wheel. Ruts. troughs or other

surface features can erk the wheel o u t of your hands ifyou're n o t prepared.

When you drive over bumps, rocks, r other obstacles,your wheels can leave the ground. I f this happens, evenwith one or two wheels.you can't control the vehicle a s

well o r a t a l l .

Because y o u will be on an unpaved surface., it's

especially important to avoid sudden acceleration,sudden tl1rnC o t - suclden braking.

In a way. off-road driving requires a different kind of



Su@ce Ohstclcles. Unseen or hidden obstacles can be

hazardous. A rock, log, hole, r u t or bump can startle you i f

you're not prepared for them. Often these obstacles are.hidden by grass, bushes, snow or even the rise and fall ofthe

0

0

0

0

terrain itself. Here are some things to consider:

Is the path ahead clear?

Will the surface texture change abruptlyup ahead?

Does the travel take you uphill or downhill? (There'smore discussion of these subjects later.)

Will you have to stop suddenly or changedirection quickly?

alertness from driving o n paved roads and highways.There are no road signs. posted speed l imits or signallights. Yo u have t o us e your own good judgment aboutwhat is safe and what isn't.

Drinking an d driving can be very dangerous o n any1-oad.And this i s certainly true for off-nmi driving. A t

the very tirne you need special alertness and drivingskills, your reflexes. perceptions and judgment can beaffected by wen a small amount of alcohol. You couldhave :I serious -- o r even f i t a l -- accident if you drinkand drivc or ride with a drivel- who has been drinking.See "Drunken Driving" in the Index.

4-18

Driving on Off-Road Hills

Many hills are simply too steep for any vehicle. Ifyou drive up them. you will stall. I f yoa drive

e

0

e



down them, you can't control your speed. If you

drive across them, you w i l l roll over. You could be

seriously in,jured or killed. If you have any doubt

about the steepness, don't drive the hill.

Approaching a Hill

When yo11 approach a hill. y ou need to decide if it's one

of those hills that's just too steep to clirnh, descend o r

cross. Steepness can be hard t o judge. O n I \very small

h i l l 7 fo r example, there may be a smooth, constantincline w i t h only a small change i n elevation where youcan easily see a11 the w a y to h e op . On a large h i l l . the

0

0

0

4-19

Driving Uphill

0

0

0

[A CAI



I ,A C A U T A N :

Turning or driving across steepills can h c

dangerous. You could lose traction, slide

sideways, an d possibly roll over. You could be

seriously injured or killed. When driviugup hills,

always try togo straight up.

Driving to the op (crest) of a h i l l at full speed can

cause an accident. There could be a drop-off,

embankment, cliff, or even another vehicle. You

could be seriously injured or killed. As y o u near

the top of a hill, slow;down and stay alert.

4-20



I =If you have a nlanual transfer case shiftever,

shifting the transfer caseo N E U T R A L ( N ) can

cause your whicle to roll evenf the transmission

is in PARK ( P ) (,or, f you have the manual

transmission, even if you’re in gear). Thiss

because the N E U T R A L ( N ) position on the

transfer case overrides the transmission.f you

ar e going to leave your ehicle, set the parking

brake andshift the transmission to AR K (P j (or,



put your manual transmissionn FIRST ( 1 ) ) .

Rut do not shift the transfer case tohe

NEUTRAI, ( N ) position. Leave the transfer case

in the2HI ,4HI or 4L O position.

4-22. . . ~

Driving Dow nhill

/I\ CAUTION:Heavy braking when going down a hill can cause

your brakes to overheat and fade. This could

cause loss of control and a seriou s accident.

Apply the brakes lightly when descending a hill

and use a l o w gear t o keep vehicle speed

under control.



4-23

Q.' Am I likely to stall when going dow nhill?

A: It's n l~ l c hmo~xikely to happen going ~~ph i ll .ut ifi t happens going downhill, here'sw h u t t o do.

Stop your vehicle by applying the reg~11;~Irakes.

Shift t o PARK (P ) o r t o N E U T R A L ( N ) w i t h the

Apply the parking brake.

manual transmission) and, while still braking. restartthe engine.

and drive straight d o w n .Shif't back t o a l o w gear, release the parking brake.

if the engine won't start , get out m d gct help.



Driving Across an Incline

Sooner or later, an off-road trail w i l l probably go m - o s s

the incline of a hill. i f this happens, yo^^ have t o decide

whether to try t o drive across the inc!int.. Here are some

things to consider:A hill that can be driven straight up 01- down m a y betoo steep to drive across.When you go straight LI P o r

down a hill, the length o f the wheel base (the

distance from the front wheels to the I-carwhecls)reduces the likelihood th e vehic!e will tumble cndover end.But w l w n you drive i~crossn incline. the

much more narrow track width (the distance bctwee1l

the left and right wheels) nay n o t prevent the vehicle rriving across an incline that's too steep will

make your vehicle roll over. You could be

seriously injured or killed. If you have any doubt

about the steepness of the incline, don't drive

across it . Find another route instead.

Q=

A :

What if I'm driving across an incline that's not

too steep,but I hit some loose gravel and sta rt to

slide downhill. What should do?

Stalling on an Incline

i f your vehicle stalls when you're crossing an incline, be

S L W yo11 (and your passengers) get o u t on the uphill



side. evet1 if the tloor there is harcler t o open. I f you getout on the downhill side and the vehicle starts to r o l l

over, you' l l be right i n its path.

I t O L Ihave to w a lk down the slope, stay o u t of the paththe vehicle will take if i t does roll o\w.

Getting out on he downhill ( l o w ) side of a vehicle

stopped across an ncline is dangerous. If' the

vehicle rolls over, you could be crushed or killed.

Always get outon the uphill (high) sidef the

vehicle and stay well clear of the rollover path.

I

4-25

Driving in Mud, Sand, Snow or Ice

When you drive in mud, snow or sand,your wl~eclswon't get good traction. You ca11.t accelerate ;ISquickly,turning is nm-e difficult, and you'll need longerbraking distances.

It's best to use a low gear when you're i n mud -- thedeeper the mud, the lower the gear. I n really deep mud.the idea is to keep your vehicle moving so ~ O L I o n ' t

ge t stuck.

When you drive on sand, you'll sense a change i n wheeltraction. But i t will depend upon how loosely p ~ ~ k e dhe

sand is. On loosely prncked sand (as on beaches o r sand

Driving on frozen lakes, ponds or w s can be

dange rous. Underwat.er springs, cur rents under

the ice, or sudden thaws ca n weaken the ice. Your

vehicle could fall through the ice and you and

your passengers could drown. Drive your vehicle

on safe surfaces only.

Driving in Water



dunes) your ires will tend t o sink into the sand. This hasa11 effect on steering. acceleratingand braking. You maywant t o reduce the air pressure i n your tires slightlywhen driving on sand. This will ilnprove traction.

Hard packed snow and ice offer the worst tire traction.On these surfaces, it's very easy to lose control. On wetice, for example, he traction is s o poor that you will

have difficulty accelerating. And if you do get moving.poor steering and difficult braking can C ~ L I S ~ou t o slideout of colltl*ol.

4-26

If the water isn't too deep, then drive through i t slowly.At fast speeds, water splashes n your ignition system

and your vehicle ca n stall. Stalling can s o occur if you

tailpipe is under water, y o ~ l * I Iever be able to start yourengine. When y ou go through water. remember thatwhen your brakes get wet. i t nay take y o u longert o stop.

2 t y o u r tailpipe under water. And. as long as your

Driving through rushing water can be dangerous.

Deep water can sweep your ehicle downstream

After Off-Road Driving

Relmove any brush or debris that has collected on the

underbody. chassis or 11nder he hood. These

accumulations CUI be a fire hazard.

After operation i n mud or sand. have the brake liningscleaned and checked. These substances an C ~ L I S ~

glazing and 1111even raking. Check the body structure.steering. suspension. wheels, tires nd exlxwst systemfor damage. Also. check the fuel lines and cooling

system for any leakage.Your vehicle will require more frequent service due o

off-road use. Refer t o the Maintenance Schedule foradditional information.



and you and your passengers could drown.f it's

only shallow water, it can still wash away the

ground from under your tires, andou could lose

traction and oll the vehicle over. Don't drive

through rushing water.

4-27

Driving at Night 0

0

0

0

0

Night V ision



0 Drive defensively.

4-28

Driving in Rainand on Wet Roads



4-29

The heavier the rain. the harder i t is t o see. Even i l ' y o ~ ~rwindshield wiper blades are in good sl~ape. heavy rain

can make i t harder to see road signs and traffic signals.pavement markings, the edge of the road an d evenpeople walking.

It's wise to keep your wiping equipment i n good shapeand keep your windshield washer tank filled withwasher fluid. Replace your windshield wiper insertswhen hey show signs of streaking or missing areas on Wet brakes can cause accidents. Theywon'tworkthe windshield. or when strips o f rubber start to separatc as well in a quick stop and may cause pulling to

from the inserts. one side. You could lose control of theehicle.

After driving through a large puddle of water or

a car wash, apply your brak e pedal lightly until



your brakes w ork nornlally.

4-30

Hydroplaning Driving Through Deep Standing Water

If you drive too quickly through deep puddles or

standing water, water can com e in through your

engine's air intake and badly dam age your

engine. Never drive through w ater that is slightly

lower than the underbody of your vehicle. I f you

can't avoid deep puddles or standingwater, drivethrough them very s1ow;ly.



Some Other Rainy WeatherTips

4-31

City Driving

Here itre ways to increase your safety i n city driving:



4-32

Freeway Driving The most important advice on freeway driving is: Keepup with traffic and keep to the right. Drive at the same

speed most of the other drivers are driving.oo-fast ortoo-slow driving breaks a smoothraffic flow. Treat theleft laneon a freeway as a passing lane.

At the entrance, there is usually a ramphat leads to thefreeway. If you have a clearview of the freeway asyoudrive along the entrance ramp,ou should begin tocheck traffic.Try to determine where ou expect toblend with the flow.Try to merge into the gap at close tothe prevailing speed. Switch on yoururn signal, checkyour mirrors and glance over your shoulder as oftensnecessary. Try to blend smoothlywith the traffic flow.



Mile for mile, freeways (also called thruways, parkways,expressways, turnpikes or superhighways) are the safestof all roads. But they have their own special rules.

Once you are on the freeway, adjust your speed to theposted limit or to the prevailing ratef it’s slower. Stayin the right lane unlessou want to pass.

Before changing lanes, check your mirrors. Thense

your turn signal.

Just beforeyou leave the lane, glance quickly over yourshoulder to make sure theresn’t another vehicle in your“blind” spot.

4-33

Once you are moving on th e freeway, make certain youallow a reasonable following distance. Expect to IIIOVC

slightly slower at night.

When you want to leave the freeway, move to the properlane well in advance. If you miss your exit, do not.under any circumstances, stop and back up. Drive o n to

the next exit.

The exit ramp can be curved, sometimes quite sharply.

The exit speed is usually posted.

Reduce your speed according to your speedometer, notto your sense of motion. After driving for any distanceat higher speeds, you may tend to th ink you are going

Is your vehicle ready for a long trip'! If you keep it

serviced and maintained, it's ready to go. If it needs

service, have it done before starting out. Of course,you'll find experienced and able service experts in GMdealerships a l l across North America. They'll be readyand willing to help if you need it.

Here are some things you can check before a trip:

0

0

0

Windshie ld W ld w r Fluid: Is the reservoir full? Areall windows clean inside and outside?

Wiper.Blcrd~s:Are they in good shape?

F ~ le l , I1girw Oil, Other Fluids: Have you checkedall levels?



slower than you actually are.

Before Leavingon a Long Trip

Make sure you're ready. Try to be well rested. I f you

must start when you're not fresh -- such as after a day'swork -- don't plan to make too many miles that first partof the journey. Wear comfortable clothing and shoes youcan easily drive in.

0

0

0

0

L U I I I ~ S :re they all working'? Are the lenses clean?

Tires: They are vitally important to a safe,trouble-free trip. Is the tread good enough for

long-distance driving? Are the tires all inflated to therecommended pressure?

Wecrtlwr For-cxmts: What's the weather outlookalong your route? Should you delay your trip a shorttime to avoid a major storm system?

M c l p s : Do you have up-to-date maps'?

4-34

Highway Hypnosis

Is there actually such a condition as "highway hypnosis'"?Or is it just plain falling asleep at the wheel'? Call t

highway hypnosis, lackof awareness, or whatever.

There is something about an easy stretch of road with

the same scenery, along with the h u m of the tires on theroad, the drone of the engine. and the rush of the windagainst the vehicle that can make you sleepy. Don't let it

happen to you! I f it does, your vehicle can leave the

road in less than c soc-ond,and you could crash andbe injured.

What can you do about highwayaware that i t can happen.

1ypmsis'? First. be

Hill and Mountain Roads



Then here are some tips:

0 Make sure your vehicle is we1comfortably cool interior.

0

0

I ventilated. with a

Keep your eyes moving. Scan the road ahead and

to the sides. Check your mirrors and yourinstruments frequently.

If you get sleepy, pull off the road into a rest. serviceor parking area and take a nap, get some exercise, orboth. For safety, treat drowsiness on the highway as

an emergency.

Driving on steep hills or nlountains is different fromdriving in flat or rolling terrain.

If you drive regularly in steep country, or if you'replanning t o visit there, here are some tips that can makeyour trips safer and more enjoyable. (See "Off-RoadDriving" i n the Index f o r information about drivingoff-road. )

4-35

0

0

Keep your vehicle in good shape. Check all fluidlevels and also the brakes, tires, cooling system and

transmission. These parts can work hard onmountain roads.

Know how to go down hills. The most importantthing to know is this: let your engine do some of theslowing down. Shift to a lower gear when you godown a steepor long hill.

If you don’t shift down, your brakes could geto

A CAUTION: .- .

Coasting downhill in NEUTRAL (N ) or with the

ignition otf is dangerous. Your brakes will have to

do all the workof slowing down. They could get so

hot that they wouldn’t work well. You would then

have poor braking or ven none going down a hill.

You could crash. Always have your engine running

and your vehicle in gearwhen you go downhill.

0 Know how to go uphill. You may want to shift down to



hot that they wouldn’t work ell. You would then

have poor braking orven none going down

hill. You could crash. Shift down to let your

engine assist your brakes on steep

downhill slope.

lower gear. The lower gears help cool y o ~ ~ rngine and

transmission, and you can climb the hill better.

0 Stay in your own lane when driving on two-laneroads i n hills or mountains. Don’t swing wide or cutacross the center of the road. Drive at speeds that letyou stay i n your own lane.

0 As yo u go over the op of a h i l l , be alert. There could besomething in your lane, likea stalled car or an accident.

You may see highway signs on nmuntains that warn of

special problems. Examples are long grades, passing rno-passing zones. a falling rocks area or winding

roads. Be alert to these and take appropriate action.

4-36

Winter Driving Include an ice scraper, a small brush or broom, a supplof windshield washer fluid, rag, some winter outer

clothing, a small shovel, a flashlight, a red cloth andreflective warning triangles.And, if you will be drivingunder severe conditions, include a small bagf sand, apiece of old carpet or a couplef burlap bags to helpprovide traction. Be sure ou properly secure theseitems inyour vehicle.

Driving on Snow or Ice

Most of the time, those places where your tireseet theroad probably havegood traction.

However, if there is snow or ice between your tires andthe road,you can have a very slippery situation.ou’ll



Here are some tips for winter driving:

0 Have your vehicle in good shape forwinter.

0 You may want to put winter emergency supplies nyour vehicle.

have a lot less traction or “grip”nd will need to every careful.

4-37

Whatever me condition -- smooth ice, packed, blowing.or loose snow -- drive with caution.

Accelerate gently. Try not to break th e fragile traction. Ifyou accelerate too fist , the drive wheelswill spin andpolish the surface under the tires even more.

Your anti-lock brakes improve your vehicle's stabilitywhen you make a hard stop on a slippery road. Eventhough you have an anti-lock braking system, you'llwant to begin stopping sooner than you would on dry

pavement. See "Anti-Lock" in the Index.Allow greater following distance on anyslippery road.

Watch for slippery spots. The road might be fine



What's the worst time for this'? "Wet ice." Very cold

snow or ice can be slick and hard to drive o n . B u t wetice can be even more trouble because it may offer theleast traction of all. You can get wet ice when it's aboutfreezing (32°F; 0°C) and freezing rain begins t o f i l l .

Try t o avoid driving on wet ice unti l salt and sand crewscan get there.

until you hit a spot that's covered with ice.On anotherwise clear road, ice patches may appear in

shaded areas where the sun can't reach: aroundclumps of trees, behind buildings or under bridges.Sometimes the surface of a curve oran overpass mayremain icy when the surrounding roads areclear. I f

you see a patch of ice ahead of you, brake before you

are on it . Try not t o brake while you're actually onthe ice, and avoid sudden steering maneuvers.

4-3s

If You’re Caught in a Blizzard 0 Tie a red cloth to your vehicle to alert police thatyou’ve been stopped by the snow.

0 Put on extra clothing or wrap a blanket around you.If you have no blankets or extra clothing, make bodyinsulators f1-om newspapers, burlap bags, rags , floormats -- anything you can wrap around yourself ortuck under your clothing to keep warm.



I f you are stopped by heavy snow. you could be in a

serious situation. You should probably stay with yourvehicle unless you know for sure that you are near helpand you can hike through the snow. Here are somethings to do to summon help and keep yourself and yourpassengers safe:

0 Turn on your hazard flashers. You can run the engine to keep warm, but be careful.

4-39

Snow can trap exhaust gases under your vehicle.

This can cause deadly CO (carbon monoxide) gas

to get inside. CO could overcome you and kill

you. You can’t see it or smell it, so you might not

know it is n your vehicle. Clear away snow from

around thebase of your vehicle, especiallyany

that is blocking your exhaust pipe. And checkaround again from time to time to be sure snow

doesn’t collect there.

Open a window just a little on the side of the

Run your engine only as long a s you must. This savesfuel. When you run the engine, make i t go a little faster

than just idle. That is, push the accelerator slightly. Thisuses less fuel for the heat that you get and it keeps thebattery charged. You will need a well-charged battery torestart the vehicle. and possibly for signaling later onwith your headlamps. Let the heater run for a while.

Then, shut the engine off and close the window almostall the way to preserve the heat. Start the engine againand repeat this only when you feel really uncomfortablefrom the cold. But do it as little as possible. Preserve thefuel as long as you can. To help keep warm, you can getout of the vehicle and do some hirly vigorous exercisesevery half hour or so until help comes.



vehicle that’s away from the wind. This will help

keep CO out.

4-40

Recreational Vehicle Towing

(Four-wheel Drive With7Shift Transfer Case Only)

1 .

2 .

3.

3.

Set th e par' * lg brake firmly.

Place an automatic transmission in PARK ( P )or a

manual transmission in FIRST ( I ).

Firmly attach the vehicle being towed t o the towvehicle. Do not tow the vehicle by the rear bumper

bar. Refer to the hitch manufacturer's instructions.

Place the manual shift transfer case shift levern

N E U T R A L (N) .

ACAUTION:

Shifting the transfer case intoEUTRAL (N) can

cause your vehicle to roll evenf the transmission

is in PARK (P),for an automatic transmission, r

if your vehicle is in gear, for a manual

transmission. You or others could be injured.

Make sure the parking brakes firmly set before

you shift the transfer case into EUTRAL (N).

5 . Release the parking brake only after the vehiclebeing towed is firmly attached to the tow vehicle.



6 . Insert the ignition key into the ignition switch andturn it one notch forward of the LOCK position. Thisplaces the key i n the OFF position, which unlocks

the steering column while preventing battery drain.Unlocking the steering column will allow for propermovement of the front wheelshires during towing.

4-41

Recreational Vehicle Towing

(Except Four-wheel Drive WithManual Shift Transfer Case)

Loading Your Vehicle

Vehicles with two-wheel drive or th e optional electronicshift transfer case require special modifications beforethey can be towed in this manner. Please contact yourdealer for the towing information that is appropriate foryour particular vehicle.

Vehicles with all-wheel drive (AWD) can not be towedin this manner.



The Certification/Tire label is found on the driver’s dooredge, above the door latch. The label shows the size of

your original tires and the inflation pressures needed toobtain the gross weight capacity of your vehicle. This iscalled the GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating). TheGVWR includes the weight of the vehicle, all occupants,fuel, cargo and trailer tongue weight, if pulling a trailer.

4-42

The CertificatiodTire label also tells you the maximumweights far the front and rear axles, called Gross Axle

Weight Rating (GAWR).To find out the actual loads onyour front and rear axles, you need to go to a weighstation and weigh your vehicle. Your dealer can helpyou with this. Be sureto spread out your load equally onboth sides of the centerline.

Never exceed the GVWR for your vehicle, or theGAWR for either the front or rear axle.

If you do have a heavy load, you should spread it out.Similar appearing vehicles may have different G V W R sand payloads. Please note your vehick'sCertificatiodTire label or consult your dealer foradditional details.

Using heavier suspension components to get addeddurability might not change your weight ratings. Ask

your dealer to help you load your vehicle the right way.

NOTICE:

Your warranty does not cover partsr

components that ail because of overloading.

If you pu t things inside your vehicle -- like suitcases,tools, packages, or anything else-- they will go as fasta s the vehicle goes. I f you have to stop or urn quickly,or if there is a crash, they'll keep going.



A CAUTION:

Do not load yuurvehicle any heavier than the

GVWR, or either the maximum front or rear

GAWR. If you do, parts on your vehicle can break,

or it can change the way your vehicle handles. These

could cause you to lose control. Also, overloading

can shorten the life of your vehicle.

4-43

Things you put inside your vehicle can strike and

injure people in a sudden stop or turn,r in

a crash.

Put things in the cargo areaf your vehicle.

Try to spread the weight venly.

Never stack heavier things, like suitcases,

inside the vehicle o tha t some of them areabove the tops f the seats.

Don’t leave an unsecured child restraint in

your vehicle.

Payload

The payload capacity is shown on the Certification/Tirelabel. This is the maxjInum load capacity that yourvehicle can carry. Be sure to include the weight of theoccupants as part o f your load. If you added anyaccessories o r equipment after your vehicle left thefactory. remelnber to subtract the weight of these thingsfrom the payload. Your dealer can help you with this.

Add-on Equipment

When you carry rernovable items, yo11 may need to put al i m i t 011 how m a n y people you carry inside your vehicle.Be sure to weigh your vehicle before you buy and installthe new equipment.



When you carry something inside thevehicle, secure it whenever ou can.

Don’t leave a seat folded down unless you

need to.

There’s also important loading information for off-roaddriving in this manual. See “Loading Your Vehicle forOff-Road Driving” in the Index.

NOTICE:

Your warran ty doesn’t cover parts or

components that fail becausef overloading.

4-44

Towing a Trailer

If you don’t use the correct equipment and drive

properly, you can lose control whenyou pull a

trailer. For example,f the trailer s too heavy, the

brakes may not workwell -- or even at all. You

and your passengers could be seriouslyn.jured.Pull a trailer onlyf you have followed all the

steps in this section. sk your GR/I dealer for

advice and information about towing a trailer

with vour vehicle.

I NOTICE:

Pulling a trailer improperly can damage your

vehicle and resu lt n costly repairs not covered y

your warranty.To pull a trailer correctly, follow

the advice n this part, and ee yourGM dealer

for important information aboutowing a trailer

with your vehicle.

Every vehicle is ready for some trailer towing. I f yourswas built with trailering options, as many are. it‘s readyfor heavier trailers. But trailering is different than justdriving your vehicle by itself. Trailering means changes



i n handling, durability and fuel economy. Successful,safe trailering takes correct equipment, and it has to beused properly.

That’s the reason for this part. In it are manytime-tested, important trailering tips and safety rules.Many of these are important for your safety and that ofyour passengers. So please read this section carefullybefore you pull a trailer.

4-45

If You Do Decide To Pull A Trailer

If you do, here are some important points:

0

0

0

There are many different laws, including speed limitrestrictions, having to do with trailering. Make sureyour rig will be legal, not only where you live butalso where you’ll be driving. A good source for this

information can be state o r provincial police.

Consider using a sway control if your trailer willweigh 2,000 lbs. (900 kg) or less. You should always

use a sway control if your trailer will weigh morethan 2,000 lbs. (900 kg). You can ask a hitch dealerabout sway controls.

Don’t tow a trailer at all during the first 500 miles(800 k m ) your new vehicle is driven. Your engine,

If you have an automatic transmission, you can useDRIVE (D) (or, as you need to, a lower gear) when

towing a trailer. Operating your vehicle inDRIVE (D) when towing a trailer will minimize heatbuildup and extend the life of your transmission. If

you have a manual transmission and you are towinga trailer, it‘s better not to use FIFTH ( 5 ) gear. Justdrive in FOURTH (4) gear (or, as you need to, alower gear).

Three important considerations have to do with weight:

the weight of the trailer,

0 the weight of the trailer tongue

and the weight on your vehicle’s tires.



0

axle or other parts could be damaged.

Then, during the first 500 miles (800 k m ) that you

tow a trailer, don’t drive over 50 mph (80 km/h) anddon’t nuke starts at full throttle. This helps yourengine and other parts of your vehicle wear in at theheavier loads.

Weight of the Trailer

How heavy can a trailer safely be?

It depends on how you plan to use your rig. Forexample, speed, altitude, road grades, outsidetemperature and how much your vehicle is used to pull atrailer are all important. And, i t can also depend on anyspecial equipment that you have on your vehicle.

The following chart shows how much your trailer canweigh, based upon your vehicle model and options.

4-46

Vehicle

2-Wheel Drive,

Auto. Trans.

2- Wheel Drive,Manual Trans.

4-Wheel Drive &All-Wheel Drive.Auto. Trans.

4-Wheel Drive &

All-Wheel Drive,Manual Trans.

Axle Ratio Trailer Wt.

3.084,500 lbs. (2 04 1 kg)

3.42 5,500 lbs. (2495kg)

3.424,500 Ibs. (204 1kg)

3.083.423.73

3.42

4,000 lbs. ( 1 8 14 kg)

5,000 Ibs. ( 2 268 kg)

5,000 Ibs. (2 268 kg)

4,000 lbs. (1 8 14 kg)

Maximum trailer weight is calculated assuming thedriver and one passenger are n the tow vehicle and it

You can ask your dealer for our trailering information oradvice, or you can write us at the address listed in your

Warranty and Owner Assistance Information Booklet.In Canada, write to:

General Motors of Canada LimitedCustomer Communication Centre1908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario LI H 8P7

Weight of the Trailer Tongue

The tongue load (A) of any trailer is an importantweight to measure because it affects the total or grossweight of your vehicle. The Gross Vehicle Weight(GVW) includes the curb weight of the vehicle, any



has all the required trailering equipment. The weight ofadditional optional equipment, passengers and cargo in

the tow vehicle must be subtracted from the maximum

trailer weight.

cargo you may carry in it, and the people who will beriding in the vehicle. And if you will tow a trailer, youmust add the tongue load to the GVW because yourvehicle will be carrying that weight, too. See ”LoadingYour Vehicle” in the Index for more information aboutyour vehicle’s maximum load capacity.

4-47

A B

Total Weight on Your Vehicle's Tires

Be sure your vehicle's tires are inflated to the upperl i m i t f o r cold tires. You'll find these numbers on theCel-tification/Tirelabel on the driver's door edge, abovethe door latch, or see "Tire Loading" i n the Index. Thenbe S L ~ou don't go over the G V W l imi t for yourvehicle, including the weight of the trailer tongue.

Hitches

It's important to have the correct hitch equipment.Crosswinds. large trucks going by and rough roads are a

few reasons why you'll need the right hitch. Here aresome rules to follow:

0 I f ' YO L I ' I I be pulling a trailer that, when loaded, will



I f you're using a weight-carrying hitch, the trailertongue ( A ) should weigh 10 percent of the total loadedtrailer weight (B). If you're using a weight-distributill~

hitch, the trailer tongue ( A ) should weigh I2 percent ofthe total loaded trailer weight (B) .

After you've loaded your trailer, weigh the trailer andthen the tongue, separately, to see if the weights areproper. I f they aren't, you may be able to get them rightsimply by moving some. items around i n the trailer.

weigh more than 2,000 lbs. (900 kg), be sure to L W a

properly mounted, weight-distributing hitch andsway control of the proper size. This equipment is

very important for proper vehicle loading and goodhandling when you're driving.

4-48

Will you have to make any holes in the body of yourvehicle when you install ti trailer hitch'?

If you do. then be sure to seal the holes later whenyou remove the hitch. If you d o n ' t seal them, deadlycarbon monoxide (CO)f~-om our exhaust can getinto your vehicle (see "Carbon Monoxide" i n theIndex). Dirt and water can, too.

Safety Chains

you should always attach chains between yo11r vehicleand your trailer. Cross the safety chains under the tongueof the trailer s o that the tongue w i l l not drop to the roadif i t becomes separated from the hitch. Instructionsabout safety chains may be provided by the hitchmanufilcturer o r by the trailer manufacturer. Follow the

Trailer Brakes

If your trailer weighs more than 1.000 Ibs. (450 kg)loaded, then i t needs its own brakes -- and they must beadequate. Be sure to read and follow the instructions for

the trailer brakes so you'll be able to install, adjust andn1aintain them properly.

Your trailer*sbrake system can tap into the vehicle'shydraulic brake system only if :

The trailer parts can withstand 3.000 psi

(20 650 kPa ) o f pressure.

0 The traileras brake system will use less th;m

0 .02 cubic inch (0 .3 cc) o f fluid from your vehicle'smaster cylinder-. Otherwise. both braking systemswon't work well. Yo u could even lose your brakes.



manufacturer's recommendation for attaching safetychains and c l o not attach them to the blmper. Alwaysleavejust enough slack so you can turn with your rig.

And, never a l l o w safety chains to drag o n the ground.

I f everything checks out this far, then make the braketluid tap at the port on the master cylinder that sends

fluid to the ear brakes. But don't use copper tubing fo rthis. If you do, i t will bend and finally break off. Usesteel brake tubing.

4-49

Driving with a Trailer

1 AUTION:

If you have a rear-most window open andou

pull a trailer with yourvehicle, carbon nlonoxide

(CO) could corne into yourvehicle. You can’t see

or smell CO. It can cause nconsciousness or

death. (See “Engine Exhaust” in the Index.) Tomaximize your safety when towing trailer:

Have your exhaust system inspected for

leaks, and make necessary repairs before

starting on your trip.



Keep the rear-most windows closed.

If exhaust does come into your ehicle

through a window in the rea r or ano theropening, drive with your front, main

heating or cooling system on andwith the

fan on any peed. This will bring fresh,

outside air into yourehicle. Do not useMAX A X because it only recirculates the

air inside your vehicle. (See“Comfort

Controls” in the Index.)

4-50

Following Distance

Backing U p

Making Turns

NOTICE:

M aking very sharp turns w hile trailering could

cause the trailer to com e n contact with the

vehicle. Your vehicle could be dam aged. Avoid

ma king very shar p turns while trailering.



Turn Signals When Towing a Trailer

4-51

When towing a trailer, the ~ ~ r r o w sn your instrumentpanel w i l l flash for turns even if the bulbs on the trailer

itre burned o u t . Thus. you may think drivers behind youare seeing your signal when they are not. It's importantt o check occasionally tobe sure the trailer bulbs arcstill working.

Driving On Grades

On a long uphill grade, shift down and reducc yourspeed t o around 45 mph (70km/h) t o reduce thepossibility of engine an d transmission ovc.rheating.

Whcn towins at high altitude on steep uphill grades,

consider the following: Engine coolant will boil at a

lower temperature than at normal altitudes. I f yo^^ turnyour engine off immediately after towing a t high altitudeon steep uphill grades, your \:ellicle may show signssimilar to engine overheating.To avoid this. let theengine r ~ ~ nhile parked (preferably on level grout1d)w i t h the automatic transmission i n PARK (Pj (or the1manuaI transmission out of gear and the parking brakeapplied) 1'01-I few minutes before turning the engine off.

If you do get the overheat warning. see "EngineOverheating" i n the Index.

Parking on Hills

You really should n o t park your vehicle. w i t h a trailerattached. on a h i l l . If something goes wrong,your rig



If you have an automatic transmission. y o u should useDRIVE ( D ) when towing a trailer. Operating your

vehicle i n D R I V E ( D ) when towing a trailer willminimize heat buildup and extend the life of yourtrrmsmission. Or: if you have ;1 manual t ransmiss ion. it's

better n o t t o use FIFTH ( 5 )gear. just drive i n

FOURTH (4)gear (or, a s you need to, a I ~ M W gear).

could start t o move. People can be injured, and bothy o ~ ~ rehicle and the trailer can be damaged.

4-52

1.

L .7

3 .

4.

5 .

Apply your regultu- brakes, but don‘t shift intoPARK ( P ) yet. o r i n t o gear fo r a nxmualtransmission. Then t111-nyour wheels into the curb if

facing downhill or into traffic if facing uphill.

Have someone place chocks under the trailer wheels.

Wh en the wheel chocks are i n place, release theregular brakes u n t i l the chocks absorb the load.

Reapply the reglrlar brakes. Then apply your parkingbrake, and then shift into PARK (P ) . o r

REVERSE (R) or a manual transmission.

I f yo^^ have ; I’our-~yheel-dl-ive \:ellick witha

manual transfer case shift lever, be S L I R th e transfer

It canbe dangerous toget out of your vehicle if

the shift lever is not fully in PARK ( P )with the

parking brake firmly et. Your vehicle can roll .

If you have left the engine running, the ehicle

can move suddenly. You 01- others could be

injured. ‘li)be sure yourvehicle won’t n~ove , ven

when you’re on fairly level ground , use the stepsthat follow.

If you have four-wheel drivewith a nlanual

transfer case shift lever and your transfer cases

i n NEUTRAL ( N ) , your vehicle will he free to



6 .

case is i n a drive gear -- not i n N E U T R A L ( N) .

Release the regular brakes.

roll, even if your shift lever s in P A R K ( P ) .So, be

sure the transfer cases in a drive gear - not in

NEUTRAL ( N ) .

4-53

When You Are Readyto Leave AfterParking ona Hill

I , Apply your reg~~larrakes and lwld the pedal downwhile you:

Start your engine;

Shift into a gear: and

Release the parking brake.

2. Let up on the brake pedal.

3. Drive slowly unti l the trailer is clear of the chocks.

4. Stop and have someone pick up and store the chocks.

Maintenance When Trailer Towing

Your vehicle will need service nlore often when you're

pulling a trailer. See the Maintenance Schedule fo r moreon this. Things that are especially important i n traileroperation are automatic transmission fluid (don'toverfill), engine i l . ~ ~ x l eubricant, belt, cooling systemand brakc adjustment. Each of these is covered in thismanurd. and the Index will help you find then] quickly.I f you're trailering. it's a good idea t o review thesesections before you start your trip.

Check periodically t o see that a l l hitch nuts and boltsar e tight.



4-54

Trailer Wiring Harness

0 White (Heavy Gage):Ground wire.



4-55



4-56

Section 5 Problems on the Road

5 -2s 25 - 3

5-7

5-12

5-22 Engine Fan Noise

5-23 Changing a Flat Tire

5-35 CompactSpare ’Tire (IfEquipped)

5-36 If Y O L I ’ I - ~tuck: I n Sand. Mud,

5-22 If a Tire Goes Flat

Ice or Snow



5-1

Hazard Warning Flashers



Other Warning Devices

5-2

NOTICE:

Ignoring these steps could resultn costly damage

to your vehicle that wouldn't be coveredbyyour warranty.

Do not try to start yourvehicle by pushing or

pulling it. This could damage your vehicle, even if

you have a manual transmission. And if you have

Batter ies can hurt ou. They canbe dangerous

because:

They contain acid that can burr1 you.

0 They contain gas thatcan explode or ignite.

0 They contain enough electricity to

burn you.

If you don 't follow these steps exactly, some r allof these things can hurtou.



an automatic transmission, it ~ o n ' t tart that way.

INOTICE:

5-3

2. Get the vehicles close enough so the jumper cablescan reach, but be sure the vehicles aren*t ouchingeach other. I f they are, i t could cause a groundconnection you don't want. You wouldn't be able tostart your vehicle, and the bad grounding coulddamage the electrical systems.

You co~~lde injured if the vehicles roll. Set theparking brake firmly on each vehicle. Put an

automatic transmission i n PARK (P)o r a manualtransmission i n NEUTRAL ( N ) . If you have a

four-wheel-drive vehicle with a m a n u a l transfer caseshift lever, be sure the transfer case is not i n

NEUTRAL ( N j .

3 . Turn off the ignition on both vehicles. Unplugunnecessary accessories plugged into the ci,wsettelighter, or accessory power outlets, if you have thisoption. Turn off all lamps that aren't needed a s wellas radios. This will avoid sparks and help save bothbatteries. I n addition, i t could save your radio!

I NOTICE:

If ' you leave your radioon, it could be badlydamaged, The repair wouldn't be covered by

your warranty.



An electric fan can start up evenhen the engine

is not running and can injureou. Keep hands,clothing and tools way from any underhoodelectric fan.

- -If your vehicle has air conditioning, the auxiliary

electric fan under the hood can startp even

when the engine is not running and can injure

you. Keep hands, clothing andools away fromany underhood electric fan.

5-4

CAUTION:

Using a match neara battery can cause battery

gas to explode. People have been hurt doing this,

and some have been blinded. se a flashlight f

you need more light.

Be sure the battery has enoughater. You don't

need to add water to theelco Freedom"' battery

installed in every new CbI vehicle. But if a

battery has filler caps, be sure the right amount

6. Connect the redpositive (+) cable tothe positive (+) terminalof the vehicle with thede.ad battery.



of fluid is there. If it is low, add water to take care

of that first. If you don't, explosive gas could

be present.Battery fluid contains acid that can burnou.

Don't get it on ou. If you accidentally get itn

your eyes or on your skin, flush the place with

water andget medical help immediately.

5-5

7. Don't let the other end

touch metal. Contwct i t t o

the positive (+) terminal

8. N o w connect theblack negative (-) cableto the good battery's

9. Attach the cable at least18 inches (45 crn) away

from the dead battery,but n o t near engine purtsthat I TI O W.

The electricalconnection is just as

good there, but thechance o f sparks gettingback to the battery is

much less.

1 0 . N o w start the vehicle with the good battery and run

the engine for ;1while.

1 I . Try to start the vehicle with the dead battery. If i t

won't start after a few tries make sure a l l



negative (-) terminal.

Don't let the other end

touch anything u n t i l thenext step. The other end

of the negative cabledoesn't go to the deadbattery. It p e s o a heavy

unpainted metal ~ U ' Inthe engine o f the vehiclewith the dead battery.

connections we good. I f i t still won't start. it

probably needs service.

A CAUTION:Ians or other m oving engine parts can injure you

badly. Keep y o u r hands away from moving parts

once the engines arc running.

5-6

1 - E3 + ITowing Your Vehicle



5-7

c -T-l[BN:

To help avoid injury to ou o r others:

0 Never let passengers ride in aehicle that is

IA vehicle can f a l l from a car carrier f it isn’t

adequatelJT secured. This can cause aollision,

serious personal injury and ehicle damage. The

vehicle should he tightly secured with chains or

steel cables before its transported.

Don’t use substitutes (ropes, leather straps,

canvas webbing, etc.) that can be cut y sharpedges underneath the owed vehicle. Always use

T-hooks inserted in the T-hook slots. Never use

J-hooks. Theywill damage drivetrain and

suspension components.



0

0

0

0

0

being towed.

Never tow faste r than safe or postedpeeds.

Never tow with damaged parts otfully secured.

Never get under your vehicle after it has

been lifted by the tow truck.

Always use separate safety chains on each

side when towinga vehicle.

Never use J-hooks. Use T-hooks instead.

5-8

When your vehicle is being towed. have the ignition key

turned t o the OFF position. The steering wheel shouldbe cla111ped i n a straight-alwad position with a clampingdevice designed for towing service.Do not use thevehicle's steering column lock for this. The transmissionshould be i n NEUTRAL ( N ) and the transfer case, if you

have one. should be in 2HI. The parking brake shouldbe released.

I f your vehicle 11as a floor mounted shifter and noelectrical power, the electrical solenoid lock must be

overridden to shift from PARK ( P ) to N E U T R A L ( N ) .Follow these steps:

1. Push the base o f the shift lever boot forward \%7ith

your tlwmb.

2. Lift the boot and find th e white solenoid lever.

3 .

4.

Move the solenoid lever toward the driver's side tounlock i t .

While holding the solenoid lever in the ~~ nl oc k



5 .

position. press the shift lever button and shift intoN E U T R A L ( N ) .

5-9

NOTICE:

Do not tow with sling-type equipment or

fascia/fog lamp damagewill occur. Use wheel-lift

or car carrier equipment. Additional ramping

may be required for car-carrier equipment.se

safety chains andwheel straps.

Towing a vehicle over rough surfaces could

damage a vehicle. Damage can occur from

vehicle to ground or ehicle to wheel-lift

equipment. To help avoid damage, install a

towing dolly and rai se the ehicle unti l adequateclearance is obtained between the ground and/or

wheel-lift equipment.



Do not attach winch cables or J-hooks to

suspension components when using car-carrier

equipment. Always use T-hooks inserted in theT-hook slots.

5-10

NOTICE:

Do not tow with sling-type equipment or rear

bumper valance damage il l occur. Use wheel-lift

or car-carrier equipment. Additional ramping

may be required for car-carrier equipment. se

safety chains andwheel straps.

Towing a vehicle over rough surfaces could

damage avehicle. Damage can occur from ehicle

to ground or ehicle to wheel-lift equipment.Unless you have all-wheel drive, to help avoid

damage, installa towing dolly and raise the

vehicle until adequate clearances obtained

between the ground and/or wheel-lift equipment.



Do not attach winch cables or ,J-hooks to

suspension components when using car-carrier

equipment. Always use T-hooks insertednthe T-hook slots.

5-11

Engine OverheatingYou will find a coolant temperature gage on your

vehicle's instrument panel.

If Steam Is C . - g I; - _ _ _ IYour EngineSteam from an overheated engine can burnou

badly, even if you just open the ood. Stay away

from the enginef you see or hear steam coming

from it. Just turn it ff an d get everyoneaway

from the vehicle until it cools down. Wait until

there is no sign of steam or coolant before ou

open the hood.If you keep driving when your engines

overheated, the liquids in it can catch fire,ou or

others could be badly burned.Stop your engine f

it overheats, and get outf the vehicle until the

engine is cool.



NOTICE:

If your engine catches fire becauseou keepdriving with no coolant, yourehicle can be

badly damaged. Thecostly repairs would not be

covered by your warranty.

5-12

If No Steam Is Coming From Your Engine

I f you zet the overheat warning but see or hear no

steam. the problem may n o t be too serious. Sometimesthe engine can get a little too h o t when you:

0 Climb a long h i l l on a hot day.

Stop after high-speed driving.

Idle for long periods i n traffic.

Tow a trailer. See "Driving on Grades" in the Index.

If yo u get the overheat warningwi th no sign of steam,try this for a minute or so:

2 . T~11-11n y o ~ ~ reater t o fu l l h o t at the highest fan

speed and open the window as necessary.

I f you no longer have the overheat warning. oucan drive. Just t o be safe. drive slower for about10 minutes. If the warning doesn't come back on.

you can drive norrnally.

I f the warning continues. pull over, stop, andpark yourvehicle right away.

I f there's still no sign of steam. push the accelerator until

the engine speed s about twice as fast as normal idlespeed. Bring he engine speedback t o normal idle speedafter two or hree minutes. Now see if the warning stops.

But then, if you still have the warning, r u m o g t l weugine c ~ lot e l ? e r ; \ . o l w o u t o f t l w \ v l~ ic lc . nt i l i t

cools down.

You may decide not t o lift the hood but to get servicehelp right away.



3. I f you're in a traffic j am . shift to N E U T R A L ( N) :otherwise, sh i f t to the highest gear \vhile

driving -- AUTOMATIC OVERDRIVE( ( 3 3 )

orDRIVE (D) or automatic transmissions.

5-13

When you decide it's safe to lift the hood. here's whatyou'll see: A CAUTION:

rf your vehicle has air conditioning, the auxiliary

electric fan under the hood can start up even

when the engine is not running and can injure

you. K eep hands, clothing and tools away from

any underhood electric fan.

If the coolant inside the coolant recovery tank is boiling,don't d o anything else until i t cools down.



A . Coolant Recovery Tank

B. Radiator Pressure Cap

C . Engine Fan

5-14

Heater and radiat or oses, and other engine

parts, can be very hot.Don't touch them. If' you

do, you can be burned.

Don't run the enginef there is a leak. If' yo u run

the engine, t could lose all coolant. That could

cause an engine fire, andou could be burned.

Get any leak ixed before you drive thevehicle.

I NOTICE:



Engine damagefrom running your enginewithout coolant isn'tcovered by your warranty.

If there seems tobe 110 leak, start the engine again. Seeif the t'an speed increases when idle speed is doubled bypushing the accelerator pedal down. If it doesn't. yourvehicle needs service. T~1l-11ff the engine.

How to Add Coolant to the CoolantRecovery Tank

If you haven't found a problem yet, but the coolant levelisn't at the A D D mark, add a SO/SO mixture of d ~ c t r z

,twtur (preferably distilled)and DEX-COOL'@(silicate-free) antifreeze at the coolant recovery tank.(See "Engine Coolant" i n the Index for moreinformation. )

_s IAdding only plain water to your cooling system

can be dangerous. Plain water, or some other

liquid like alcohol, can oil before the proper

coolant mix will. Your vehicle's coolant warning

NOTICE:

In cold weather, water can freeze and crack the

engine, radiator, heater core and other parts.

Use the recommended coolant and the proper

coolant mix.



system is set or the proper coolant ix. With

plain water or the wrong ix, your engine couldget too hot but ou wouldn't get the overheat

warning. Your engine could catch fire andou or

others could be burned. Use a 50/50 mix of clean

water andDEX-COOL" coolant.

5-16

You can be burned if you spill coolant on hot

engine p arts. Coolant contains ethylene glycol

and it will burn if the engine parts are hot

enough. Don’t spill coolant on a hot engine.



5-17

I't 'IUTION:

Steam and scalding liquids from a hot cooling

system can blow out and burn ou badly. They

are underpressure, and if you turn the radiator

pressure cap =- even a little ==they can come out

at high speed. Never turn the cap when the

cooling system, including the radiator pressure

cap, is hot. Wait for thecooling system and

radiator pressure cap to cool if you ever have to

turn thepressure cap.



5-18

How to Add Coolant to the Radiator



5- 19

: ii'

..::.:

4.

5 .



5-20



5-21

Engine FanNoise If a TireGoes FlatThis vehicle has a clutched engine cooling fan. When

the clutch is engaged, th e fa n spins faster to providemore air to cool the engine. In most everyday drivingconditions, the clutch is not engaged. This improvesfuel economy and reduces fan noise. Under heavyvehicle loading, trailer towing and/or high outsidetemperatures, the fan speed increases when the clutchengages. S o you may hear an increase i n fan noise. This

is normal and should not be mistaken as the

transmission slipping or making extra shifts. I t is merelythe cooling system functioning properly. The fan willslow down when additional cooling is not required andthe clutch disengages.

You m ay also hear this fan noise when you start h eengine. It will go away as the fan clutch disengages.

It's unusual f o r a tire to "blow out" while you're driving,

especially i f you maintain your tires properly. I f air goesout of a tire, it's muc11 more likely t o leak out slowly.But if you should ever have a "blowout." here are a fewtips about what t o expect and what to do:

If a front tire fails, the flat tire will create a drag thatpulls the vehicle toward that side. Take your foot off theaccelerator pedal and grip the steering wheel firmly.Steer to ~naintainane position, and then gently brake to

a stop well out of the traffic lane.

A rear blowout. particularly on a curve, acts much like askid and may require the same correction you'd use in a

skid. I n a n y rear blowout, remove y o ~ ~ root from theaccelerator pedal. Get the c.ehicle under control by

steering the way ~ O L I ant the vehicle to go. I t may be



very bumpy and noisy. but you can still steer. Gentlybrake to a stop -- well off the road if possible.

5-22

Changing a Flat Tire

If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire and wheel damage

by driving slowly to a level place. Turn on your hazardwarning flashers.

A CAUTION:

Changing a tire can cause an injury. The vehicle

can slip off the jack andoll over you or other

people. You and they could be badly injured.

Find a level place to change your ire. To help

prevent the vehicle from moving:

1. Set the parking brake firmly.

2. Put an automatic ransmission shift

lever in PARK (P)or shift a manual

3. If you have a four-wheel-drive vehiclewith a manual transfer ase shift lever,

be sure the transferase is in a drive

gear -- not in NEUTRAL (N).

4. Turn off the engine.

5. Put the wheel blocks at the front and

rear of the tire farthest w ay from the

one being changed. That would be the

tire on the other ide of the vehicle, at

the opposite end.



transmission to FIRST 1) or

REVERSE (R).CAUTIQN: iContinued)~

5-23

LThe following stepswill tell you h o w to use thc jack andchange a tire.

Removing the Spare Tire and Tools

To remove your jack cover,pull up on the latch at theend of the cover. near the

endgate and the latch on theto p of the cover. Removethe whecl blocks, jack and

wheel wrench.



The jacking equipment you ' l l need is stored r ~ l o n ghedriver's rex wall. I n some cases, you may ha\:e t o

remove the spare tire in order to reach the jack. Your

vehicle is also equipped with work gloves and a plasticground mat lo assist i n the changing of a f lat tire.

NOTICE:

Never remove or restow a tire from/to a stowage

position under the ve hicle while the vehicle is

supported by a jack . Alway s tighten the tire fully

against the underside of the vehicle when

restowing.

5-24

insert the chisel end o f the

wheel wrench. on an angle,i n t o the hole i n the rear

bumper. Be sure thc chiselend of the wheel \vrenchconnects into the hoist shaft.

I NOTICE:

To help avoid vehicle damage, d o not.drive the

vehicle before the cable is restored.



5-25

Insert the key and pull

the lock cast” straight oft‘.

It is n o t necessary t o turn

the key.

L

A



Put the spare tire neat-the l ’ la t tire.

5-26

Some of the molded plastic h u b caps ha\:e imitationwheel nuts molded into therm. The wheel wrench won't

nut . they must be removed i n order to get to the wheelnuts. Use the socket end ofthe wheel wrench to rer11ovethe wheel n u t caps.



f i t these imitation nuts, so don't try to remove them with

the socket end of the wheel wrench. YOLII- heel n u t caps m a y attach your h u b cap t o thewheel. Remo\~.hese wheel n u t caps before you take off

the hu b cap .

5-27

Removing the FlatTire and Installing theSpare Tire

3. Fit the jack into the appropriate hole nearest thetlat tire.

1 . Using the wheel wrench, loosen a l l the wheel nuts. A . Front Frame Hole



Don't remove them yet.2. Turn the jack handle clockwise to raise the jack

lift head.

B. Rear Frame Hole (?-Door) or Spring Hanger Hole(+Door)

5-28

I

Getting undera vehicle when it is jacked up is

dangerous. If the vehicle slipsoff the jack,you

could be badly injuredo r killed. Never get under

a vehicle when it is upported only by a jack.

NOTICE:

Raising your vehicle with the jack improperly

positioned can damage the ehicle and even make

the vehicle to fall. To help avoid personal injury

and vehicle damage, he sure to fit the jackift

head into the proper location before raising

th e



the vehicle.

5-29

6. Remo\:e any rust or dirtfrom the wheel bolts.mounting surfr~ces nd

spare wheel.

Rust or dirt on theheel, or on the parts to

which it is fastened, can make the heel nuts

become loose after a time. The wheel could come

Never use oilor grease on studs or nuts.f you

do, the nuts might comeoose. Your wheel could

fall off, causing a serious accident.

8. Put the nuts o n byhand. Make S L I K thecone-shaped end is

toward the wheel.Tighten each n u t by

hand u n t i l the wheel is

held against th e hub.If ;I n u t can't be turned



off and cause an accident. Whenou change a

wheel, remove any rust or di rt f rom thelaces

where the wheel attaches to the ehicle. In an

emergency, you can use a cloth or a p aper towel

to do this; but be sure tose a scraper orwire

brush later, if you need to, to get all the rustr

dirt off.

by hand. L I S ~he

wheel wrench and seeyour dealera s soon

a s possible.

5-30

10. Use the wrench to tighten the wheel nuts firmly in acrisscross sequence as shown.

9. Lower the vehicle y turning the ack handlecounterclockwise. Lower theack completely.



5-31

Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools

Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly tightened

wheel nuts can cause the heel to become loose

and even comeoff. This could lead to n accident.

Be sure touse the correctwheel nuts. If yo11 have

t o replace them, be sure toget new GILI original

equipment wheel nuts.

Stop somewhere as soons you can and have the

nuts tightened witha torque wrench to95 Ib-ft

'A CAUTION:-

Storing a jack, a ti re or other equipmentn the

passenger compartmentof the vehicle could

cause in,jury. In a sudden stop r collision, loose

equipment could strike someone. Store ll these

in the properplace.

NOTICE:

A n aluminum wheel with a flat tire should always

be stored under thevehicle with the hoist.



Improperly tightened wheel nuts can lead tobrake pulsation and rotor damage.o avoid

expensive brake repairs, evenly tighten the wheel

nuts in the proper sequence and to the proper

However, storing it thatway for an extendedperiod could damage thewheel. To avoid this,

have the wheel repaired as oon as possible.

5-32

Follow this diagram to store the llnderbody-mounted spare.

A . Retainer

B. Valve Stem(Pointed Down)

C. Spare 01- Flat Tire

D. Spring

E. Wheel Wrench

F. Lower

G . RaiseH. Hoist A r m

1 . Put the tire on the gr o~ ~n dt the rear of the vehicle,w i t h the valve stem pointed down and to the rear.

2. Pull the retainer t11ro~1shhe wheel .

3 . Put the chisel end of the wheel wrench, on an angle,through the hole in th e rear bllmper and into the hoistshaft . Turn the wheel wrench clockwise u n t i l the tireis raised against the underside of the vehicle.

You w i l l hear tw o "clicks" when the tire is secure.but p~111n the tire t o make SLII-e.



5-33

Follow this diagram for the inside-mounted spare.

Df

A . Spare or Flat Tire

B. Retainer (Two-Wheel Drive)

A . Wheel Carrier



C. N utD. Retainer (Four-Wheel D I - ~ L T )

E. Wheel Can-ier

E Hook

C . Wheel Nut and Locking N ut Cylinder

5-34

Return the ack, wheel wrench and wheel blocks to theproper location inyour vehicle’s rear area. Secure theitems and replace theack cover.

I /-A

I L

A. Retainer E WheelBlocks

Make sure the tire and carrier are secure.

Driving with the tire or carrier unlatched could

injure pedestrians or damage the vehicle.

Compact Spare TireIf Equipped)

Although the compact spare tire as fully inflated when

your vehicle wasnew, it can lose air after a time. Checkthe inflation pressure regularly.t should be 60 psi(420 Wa).

After installing the compact spare onour vehicle,you should stop as soon as possiblend make sureyour spare tire is correctly inflated. The compactspare is made to perform well at speedsp to 65 mph(105 km/h) for distances up to ,000 miles ( 5 000 km),



B. Rubber Band G. Hub Cap Removal(Someodels) Tool (Someodels)

C. Work Gloves H. Wheel Wrench

D. Mat I. Jack

E. Jack Storage Cover J. Jacking nstructions

so you can finish your trip and have our full-size tirerepaired or replaced where ou want. Of course, it’s bestto replace your sparewith a full-size tireas soon as youcan. Your spare will last longer ande in good shape incase you need it again.

5-35

NOTICE:

When the compact spare is installed, don’t takeyour vehicle through an automatic car wash with

guide rails. The compact spare can get caught on

the rails. That candamage the tire nd wheel,

and maybe other partsof your vehicle.

Don’t use your compact spare on ther vehicles.

And don’t mix your compact spare tire or heel withother wheels or tires. They won’t fit. Keep your sparetire and its wheel together.

NOTICE:

If You’re Stuck: In Sand, Mud,Ice or Snow

What you don’t want to do when your vehicle is stuck isto spin your wheels too fast. The method known as“rocking” can help you get out when you’re stuck, butyou must use caution.

If you let your tires spint high speed, they canexplode, and you or others could be injured. And,

the transmission or other partsf the vehicle can

overheat. That could cause an engine

compartment fire or otheramage. When you’re

stuck, spin he wheels as little as possible. Don’t

spin thewheels above 35 mph (55k m h ) as shown



Tire chains won’t fit your compact spare.Using

them can damage your ehicle and can damage

the chains too. Don’t use tire chainson your

compact spare.

on the peedometer.

5-36

NOTICE:

Spinning your w heels can destroy parts of yourvehicle as w ell as the tires. If' you sp in the w heels

too fast while shifting your transm ission back

and forth, you can destroy your transmission.

Using the Recovery Hooks



c -37

The recovery hooks, when used, are undera lot of

force. Always pull the vehicle straight out.Never

p u l l on he hooks at a sideways angle. The hooks

could break off and y o u or others could be

injured from the chain or cablenapping back.

I NOTICE:

Never use the recovery hookso tow the vehicle.

Your vehicle could be damaged and t would not

be covered by warranty.



5-38

Section 6 Service and Appearance Care

6-36-46-5

6-66-9

6-136- 14

6- 186- 19

6-206-2 1

6-28

6-32

6-336-38

6-406-496-496-5 2

6-546-576-58

BrakesBatteryBulb ReplacementWindshield Wiper Blade Repl~tcenwntTiresAppemlnce CareCleaning the Inside of Your VehicleCare of Safety BeltsCleaning the Outside o f Your VehicleAppearance Care Materiuls ChartVehicle Identification Number ( V I N )



6-236-266-266-266-27

6-586-586-62

6-636-64

Service Parts Identification LabelElectrical SystemReplacement BulbsCi,plcitiesand SpecificationsAir Conditioning Refrigerants

Your vehicle has an air bag system. Before attempting t o

do your own service work, see "Servicing Your Air

Bag-Equipped Vehicle'' in the Index.

You should keep a record with a l l parts receipts and list

the mileage and the date o f any service work y o u

perfonn. See "Maintenance Record" i n the Index.I- CAUTION:

You can be in-jured and your ehicle could bedamaged if you try to do service work ona

vehicle without knowing enough aboutt.

Be sure you have sufficient knowledge,

experience, the proper replacement parts

and tools before you attempt anyvehicle

nlaintenance task.

Be sure to use the proper nuts, bolts and

Service

Your G M dealer knows your vehicle best and wants yc.)u

to be happy with it. We hope you'll go to your dealer fora l l y o ~ ~ rervice needs. You'll pet genuine, GM parts andGM-trained and supported service people.

We hope ~ 0 1 1 ' 1 1 want to keep y o ~ ~ rM vehicle all G M .

Genuine. GM parts have one of these marks:

Delco

Doing Your Own Service Work



other fasteners. "English" an d "metric"

fasteners canbe easily confused. If you use

the wrong fasteners, parts can later break

or fall off. You could be hurt.

If you want to d o some of your own service work. you'llwant to get the proper GM Service Manual. I t tells youmuch more about IIOW to service your vehicle than this

tnanual can. To order the proper service manual, see"Service and Owner Publications" i l l the Index.

6-2

Adding Equipment to theOutside of

Your Vehicle

Fuel



6-3

Some gasolines that are not reformulated for lowemissions contain an octane-enhancing additive calledmethylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl (M M T):

ask your service station operator whether or not his fuelcontains MMT. General Motors does not recommend theuse of such gasolines. If fuels containing M M T are used,spark plug life may be reduced and your emissioncontrol system performance may be affected. Themalfunction indicator lamp on your instrument panelmay turn on. If this occurs, return to your authorizedGM dealer for service.

To provide cleaner ail-, all gasolines in the United Statesare now required to contain additives that will helpprevent deposits from forming in your engine and fuelsystem, allowing; your emission control system tofunction properly. Therefore, you should not have to addanything to the fuel. In addition, gasolines containingoxygenates, such as ethers and ethanol, andreformulated gasolines may be available i n your area to

I NOTICE:

Your vehicle was not designed for fuel thatcontains m ethanol. Don’t u se it. It can corrode

metal parts in your fuel system and also dama ge

plastic and rubber parts. That damage w ouldn’t

be covered under your warranty.

Fuels in Foreign Countries

I f you plan on driving in another country outside the UniteStates or Canada,he proper fuel may be hard to find. Neveuse leaded gnsooline r any other fuel not recommendedn theprevious text on fuel. Costly repairs causedby use of

improper fuel wouldn’t be covered by your warranty.

To check on ~ w 1vailability, ask an auto club, or

contact a nlajor oil company that does business in thecountry where you’ll be driving.



help clean the air. General Motors recommends that youuse these gasolines if they comply with thespecifications described earlier.

You can also write us at the following address foradvice. Just tell us where you-re going and give yourVehicle Identil’ication Number ( VI N) .

General Motors International Product Center1908 Colonel Sam DriveOs ha ~/ a. ntario L 1H 8P7

6-4

Filling Your Tank

The fuel cap is behind

a hinged door on thedriver’s side o f

your vehicle.

Gasoline vapor is highly flammable. It burns

To take off the cap, turnit slowly to the left

(counterclockwise). The

cap ha s a spring in it: ifyou let go of the ca ptoo soon, it will springback to the right.

A CAUTION:I

If you get gasoline on yourself nd then

something ignites it, ou could bebadly burned.



violently, and that can cause very bad injuries.Don’t smoke if you’re near gasoline or refueling

your vehicle. Keep sparks, flames and smoking

materials away from gasoline.

Gasoline can spray out onou if you open thefuel filler cap too uickly. This spray can happen

if your tank s nearly full, ands more likely in

hot weather. Open the fuel filler caplowly and

wait for any “hiss”noise to stop. Then unscrewthe capall the way.

6-5

Be careful not to spill gasoline. Clean gasoline frompainted surfaces as soon as possible. See “Cleaning theOutside of Your Vehicle” in the Index.

When you put the cap back on, turn it to the right(clockwise) until you hear a clicking sound. Make sureyou fully install the cap. The diagnostic system candetermine if the fuel cap has been left off or improperlyinstalled. This would allow fuel to evaporate into theatmosphere. See “Malfunction Indicator Lamp’’ inthe Index.

_ _ _ _ _ _

NOTICE:

If you need a new cap, be sure to get the right

type. Your dealer canget one for you. If you get

the wrong type, it may not fit properly. This may

cause your malfunction indicator lamp toight

Checking Things Under theHood

To open the hood, first pullthe handle inside the vehicleon the lower driver’s side ofthe instrument panel.

Then go to the front of th e vehicle and release thesecondary hood release.



and your fuel tank andemissions system may bedamaged. See “Malfunction Indicator Lamp” in

the Index.

6-6

/d CAUTION:

Things that burn can get on hot engine parts and

start a fire. These nclude liquids like gasoline,

oil, coolant, brake fluid, windshield wa sher and

other fluids, and plastic or rubber. You or others

could be burned . Be careful not to drop or spill

things that will burn onto a hot engine.



6-7

When you lift the I~ood , ou ' l l see these items:



A. Battery

B. Coolant Re,covery Tank

C. Engine Oil Dipstick

D. Transmission Dipstick C. Brake Master Cylinder

E. Engine Oil Fill H. A ir Cleaner

E Power Steering Reservoir I . Windshield WasherFluid

6-8

Before closing the hood, e sure all the filler caps are onproperly. Then lift the hood to relieve pressure on thehood prop.

Remove the hood prop from the slot in the hood andreturn the prop to its retainer.

Then justpull the hood down firmly to close. Itilllatch when dropped from10to12 inches (25 to30 cm)without pressing on the hood.

Engine Oil

It’s a good idea to check your engine oil every timeouget fuel. n order toget an accurate reading, the oil mustbe warm and the vehicle must be on level ground.

The oil dipstick is ayellow ring.

Turn off the engine and givethe oila few minutes to

Checking Engine Oil

Pull out the dipstick and cleant with a paper towel or

cloth, then push it back inll the way. Remove it again,keeping the tip down, and check the level.



drain back nto the oil pan.If you don’t, the oil dipstickmight not show heactual level.

6-9

When to Add Oil

If the oil is at or below the ADD line. then you'll needto add at least one quurt of oil. But you must use the

right kind. This part explains what kind of oil to L I S ~ . or

crankcase capacity. see "Capacities and Specifications"i n the Index.

NOTICE:

Don't add too much ail.If your engine has so

much oil that the oil level gets above the

cross-hatched area that shows the proper

operating range, your engine could be damaged.

Be sure to f i l l i t enough to put the levcl somewhere i n

the proper operating range. Push the dipstick all the way

back i n when yo~1'1-elmugl1.

What Kind of Oil to Use



6-10

HOTWEATHER

F i I ' C

RECOMMENDED SAE VlSCOSlTV GRADE ENGlNE OILS

FOR BEST FUEL ECONOMY AND COLD STARTING, SELECTTHE LOWESTSA E VISCOSITY GRADE OL FOR THE EXPECTED TEMPERATURE RANGE.

~

SA € 1OW-30

SA E SW-30

LOOKFOR THISSYMBOL I NOTICE:

Use only engine oil with the American Petroleum

Institute Certified For Gasoline Engines

"Starburst" sym bol. Failure to use thereconmended o i l can result in engine dam age not

covered by your warranty.



L

PREFERRED

COLDWEATHER

DO NOT USE SA E 2OW-50 OR ANY OTHERGRADE OIL NOT RECOMMENDED

6-11

Engine Oil Additives

Don't add anything to your oil. YOLKGM dealer is readyto advise if y o u th in k something should be added.

When to Change Engine Oil

If an y one of these is true for you. L I S ~he short trip/city. maintenxm schedule:

Most trips are less than 5 to 10 miles ( 8 to 16km).This is particularly important when outsidetemperatures are below freezing.

Most trips include extensive idling (such as frequentdriving i n stop-and-go traffic).

0 You operate your vehicle i n dusty areas o r

off-road frequently.

YOLI requently tow a trailer or use a carrier on top o f

your vehicle.

The vehicle is used for delivery service, police, taxi

Driving under these conditions causes engine oil tobreak d o w n sooner. If any one of these is true for yourvehicle. then you need to change your oil a n d filter

every 3.000 miles ( 5 000 k m ) o r 3 months -- whicheveroccurs first.

Remote O i l Filter (F ou r-w hee l Drive)

The ;1ccess d o o r for the remote oil filter is i n the steeringlinkage shicld assembly located under the radiatorsupport. Twist the screw to unlock o r lock the door.Make sure if you open the door , it is securely closedwhen you are finished.



or other commercial application.

6-12

What to Do with Used Oil Air Cleaner



6-13

Automatic Transmission Fluid

Operating theengine with the air cleaner off can

cause you or others o be burned. The air leaner

not only cleans the air, t stops flame if the engine

backfires. If it isn't there, and the engine

backfires, you could be burned. Don't drive with

it off, and be careful working on the engine with

the ai r cleaner off.

I NOTICE:

If the ai r cleaner is off, a backfire can cause a

damaging engine fire. And, dirt can easily get

When to Check an d Change

A good time t o check your automatic transmission fluidlevel is when the engine oil is changed.

Change both the fluid and filter every 50.000 miles(83000 k m ) if the vehicle is mainly driven under one ormore of these conditions:

I n heavy city traffic where the outside temperatureregularly reaches 90°F (32°C) or higher.

I n hil ly or mountainous terrain.

When doing frequent trailer towing.

Uses such as found in taxi. police or delivery service.

I f you d o not use your vehicle under any o f theseconditions, the fluid and filter do not require changing.

See "Scheduled Maintenance Services" in the Index.



into your engine, which will damage it. Alwayshave the ai r cleaner in place when you're driving.

6-14



Checking Transm ission Fluid Cold

A cold check is made after the vehicle h u s been sittingfor eight hoursor Inore with the engine off and is lwd

only as a reference. Let the engine ru n rlt idle fo r fiveminutes if outside temperaturesare 50°F ( 10°C) oI

more. I f it’s colder than 50°F ( I O OC ) , yo u m a y have t o

idle the engine longer. Should the fluid level be low

during a cold check, you rrlwst perfor111 h o t checkbefore adding fluid. Thiswill give you a more accuratereading of the fluid level.

Check ing the Fluid Hotor

ColdPark your vehicle on a level place. Keep theengine running.

With the parking brake applicd. place the shift le\;erin PARK (P).

With your foot on the brake pedal, move the shiftlever through each gear range, pausing for about

three seconds in each range. Then. position the shit’t

I . Flip the handle LIPand then pull out the dipstick andwipc i t w i t h a clean rag o r paper towel.

2. Push it back i n a l l th e way, wait three seconds an d



lever in PARK (P) .

Let the engine run at idle for three minutes or more.

then pull it back out again.

6-16

3. Check both sides of the dipstick. and read the lowerlevel. The fluid level must be i n the COLD area for a

cold check or in the HOT area or cross-hatched areafor a ho t check.

4. I f the fluid level is in the acceptable range. push thedipstick back in all the way: then flip the handledown t o lock the dipstick n place.

How to Add Fluid

Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine whatkind o f transmission fluid to use. See "Recommended

Fluids and Lubricants" in the Index.Add fluid o n l y after checking the transmissionluidHOT. ( A COLD check is used o n ly as a reference.) f

the fluid level is low, add on ly enough of the propertluid t o bring the 1wel up t o the HOT area fo r a hotcheck. I t doesn't take much fluid. generally less thanone pint (0.5 L ) . I h o\*erf i / / .

NOTICE:

We recomn lend you use only fluid labeled

DEXRON@-III ,because fluid w ith that label is

made especially for your automatic transmission.

Damage caused by fluid other than DEXRON-111

is not covered by your new vehicle warranty.



After adding fluid, recheck the fluid level a s

described under "How to Check."

When the correct fluid level is obtained. push thedipstick back i n a l l the way; then flip the handledown t o lock the dipstick i n place.

6-17

Manual TransmissionFluid

When to Check

A good time to have i t checked is when the engine oil ischanged. However, the fluid i n YOLK manualtransmission doesn't require changing.

How to Check

Because this operation can be a little dii'licult, you

m a y choose to have this done a t your G M dealershipService Department.

I f you do i t yourself, be sure to follow a l l theinstructions here, or you could get false reading.

NOTICE:

Too much o r too little fluid can damage yo ur

transmission. Too much can m ean that some of



the fluid could come out and fall on hot engine

parts or exhaust system parts, starting a fire. Be

~ sure to get an accurate reading if you check your

~ transmission fluid.

6-18

How to Add Fluid

Here's how to add fluid. Refer to the MaintenanceSchedule to determine what kind of fluid to use. See

"Recommended Fluids and Lubricants" in the Index.

1 . Remove the filler plug.

2. Add fluid at the filler plug hole. Add only enoughfluid to bring the fluid level up to the bottom of thefiller plug hole.

3. Install the filler plug. Be sure the plug is fully seated.

Hydraulic ClutchThe hydraulic clutch system in your vehicle isself-adjusting. A slight amount of play (1/4 inch to1/2 inch or ti lnm to 12 m m ) i n the pedal is normal.

It isn't a good idea to "top O W ' your clutch fluid. Addingfluid won't correct a leak. A fluid loss i n this systemcould indicate a problem. Have the system inspected

and repaired.

When to Check and What to Use

Refer to the Maintenance Schedule. Owner Checks andServices. to determine how often you should check thefluid level in your clutch master cylinder reservoir and

for the proper fluid. See "Owner Checks and Services''and "Recommended Fluids and Lubricants" in



the Index.

6-19

How to Check

The proper fluid should be added if the level does not

reach the bottom of the diaphragm when it‘s i n place i n

the reservoir. See the instructions on the reservoir cap.

Rear Axle

When to Check and Change Lubricant

Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine howoften to check the lubricant and when to change it . See“Scheduled Maintenance Services?’ n the Index.

How to Check Lubricant

I f the level is below the bottom of the filler plug hole,you’ l l need to add some lubricant. Add enough lubricantto raise the level to the bottom of the filler plug hole.



What to Use

Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine whatkind of lubricant to use. See ”Recommended Fluids andLubricants“ i n the Index.

6-20

Four-wheel Drive andAll-Wheel Drive

Most lubricant checksin

this section also applyt o

four-wheel-drive vehicles. However, they have twoadditional systems that need lubrication.

Transfer Case

When to Check Lubricant

Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine howoften to check the lubricant. See "Periodic MaintenanceInspections" in the Index.

How. to Check Lubricant

I f the level is below the bottom o f the filler plug hole,you'l l need t o add some lubricant. Add enough lubricantto raise the level t o the bottom of the filler plug hole.

What to Use



Refer to the Maintcnance Schedule to determine whatk i n d of lubricant to use. See "Recommended Fluids and

Lubricants" i n the Index.

6-21

Front Axle

When to Check and Change Lubricant

Refer to the Maintenance Scheduleo determine howoften to check the lubricant nd when to change it. See“Scheduled Maintenance Services”n the Index.

How to Check Lubricant

If the level is below the bottomof the filler plug hole,you’ll need to add same lubricant.

If the differential s at operating temperature (warm),

add enough lubricanto raise the level to he bottom afthe filler lug hole.

If the differential is cold, add enough lubricanto raisethe level to1/2 inch (12mm) beluw the filler plug hole.

What to Use

Refer to the Maintenance Scheduleo determine what

kind of lubricant to use. See “Recommended Fluids ndLubricants” in the Index.



6-22

Engine Coolant

The coolings stem in your vehicle is filled ithDEX-COOL engine coolant. This coolant is designed

to remain in your vehicleor 5 years or150,000miles(240 000 km) whichever occurs first, f you add onlyDEX-COOL’ extended life coolant.

The following explains your cooling systemnd how toadd coolant whent is low. If you have a problemwithengine overheating, see “Engine Overheating” inthe Index.

A 50/50 mixture of water and the DEX-COOL@ coolantfor your vehicle will:

Give freezing protection down to 34°F (-37°C).

0 Give boiling protection up to65 OF (129 C).

Protect against rust and corrosion.

Help keep the proper engine temperature.

Let the warning lights and gages work as

8

they should.

NOTICE:

When .adding coolant,t is important thatyou useonly DEX-COOL@ silicate-free) coolant.

If coolant other thanDEX-COOL@ s added to

the system, premature engine, heater coreor

radiator corrosion may result.n addition, the

engine coolantwill require change sooner- at

30,000 miles (50 000 km ) or 24months,

whichever occurs first. Damage caused y the use

of coolant other than DEX-COOL@s not

covered by your new vehicle warranty.

What to Use

Use a mixture of one-half clean water (preferablydistilled) and one-half DEX-COOL@ coolanthichwon’t damage aluminum parts. f you use this mixture,you don’tneed to add anything else.



6-23

Adding only plain water to your cooling systemcan be dangerous. Plain water, or some other

liquid like alcohol, can oil before the proper

coolant mix will. Your vehicle’s coolant warning

system is set for the proper coolant ix. With

plain water or the wrong mix, your engine could

get too hot but you wouldn’t get the overheat

warning. Your engine could catch fire andou orothers could be burned. se a 50/50 mix of clean

water and DEX-COOL@coolant.

NOTICE:

If you use an improper coolantmix, your enginecould overheat and be badly damaged. The

repair cost wouldn’t be coveredy your

warranty. Too much water in the mix can freeze

and crack the engine, radiator, heater core and

other parts.

I f you have to add coolant more than four times a year,have your dealer check your cooling system.

I NOTICE:

If you use the proper coolant, ou don’t have to

add extra inhibitors or additives which claim to

improve the system. These can be harmful.



6-24

Checking Coolant

When your engine is cold. the coolant level should be a t

ADD, or a little higher. When your engine is warm. thelevel should be up to FULL HOT, or a little higher.

Adding Coolant

~

' Turning the radiator pressure cap when theengine and radiator are ot can allow steam and

scalding liquids to blow out and burn ou badly.

With the coolant recovery tank, you will almost

never have to add coolant at the radiator.

Never turn the radiator ressure cap -- even a

little -- when the engine and radiator are ot.

A d d DEX-COOL@coolant mixture at the recoverytank, but be careful not to spill it .

You can be burned if you spill coolant on hot

engine parts. Coolant contains ethylene glycol,



If you need more coolant, add the proper DEX-COOL'coolant mixture cr t rhe cwolcr l l t I - K O \ ! P I - J tcrnk.

and it will burn if the engine parts arehot

enough. Don't spill coolant on a hot engine.

6-25

Radiator PressureCap

NOTICE:

Your radiator cap is a 15 psi (105 kPa)

Thermostat

Engine coolant temperattrre is controlled by a thermostati n the engine coolant system. The thermostat stops the

f low of coolant through the radiator unt i l the coolantreaches a preset temperature.

Power Steerinp Fluid



pressure-type cap and must be tightly installed to

prevent coolant loss and possible engine damage

fronl overheating. Be sure the arrows on the cap

line up with the overflow tube on the radiator

filler neck.

6-26

When to Check Power Steering Fluid

It is not necessary to regularly check power steeringfluid ~rnless ou suspect there is a leak i n the system or

y o u hear a n unusual noise. A fluid loss in this systemcould indicate a problem. Have the system inspectedand repaired.

How To Check Power Steering Fluid

When the engine compartment is cool, wipe the cap andthe top of the reservoir clean, hen unscrew the capandwipe the dipstick with a clean rag. Replacethe cap and

completely tighten i t . Then remove the cap again andl o o k a t the fluid level on the dipstick.

The level should be between the A D D and FULL marks.I f necessary, add only enough fluid to bring the level upto the proper range.

What to Use

Windshield Washer Fluid

What to Use

When you need windshield washer fluid. be sure to readthe manuf‘~cturer’s nstructions before ~rse .f you will beoperating your :chicle i n an area where the temperaturemay fall below freezing, L I S ~ fluid t h a t has sufficientprotection against freezing.

Adding Washer Fluid

To determine what kind of fluid t o use, see

“Recommended Fluids and Lubricants” in the Index.Always use the proper fluid. Failure to use the proper



fluid can cause leaksand damage hoses and seals.

Open the cap labeled WASHER FLUID ONLY with the

washer symbol 011 it . Add washer tluid until the tank is full .

6-27

NOTICE:

When using concentrated washer fluid,

follow the manufacturer’s instructions for

adding water.

Don’t mix water with ready-to-use washer

fluid. Water can cause the solution to freeze

and damage your washer fluid tank and

other partsof the washer system.Also,

water doesn’t cleanas well as washer fluid.

three-quarters full when it’s very cold. This

allows for expansion f freezing occurs,

which could damage the tankf it is

completely full.

Don’t use radia tor anti freeze in your

windshield washer. It can damage your

washer system and paint.

Fill your washer fluid tankonly

Brakes

Brake Fluid

Y ~ L I I .rake master cylinder reservoir is here. It is filled

with DOT-3 brake fluid.



6-28

There areonly two reasonswhy the brake fluid level inthe reservoirmight go down. The first is that therakefluid goes down to n acceptable level during normalbrake lining wear. When new linings are put in, the fluid

level goes back p. The other reason is that fluid isleaking outof the brake system. f it is, you should haveyour brake system fixed, since a leak means that sooneror later your brakeswon’t work well, orwon’t workat all.

So, it isn’t a good idea to “top ff’ your brake fluid.Adding brake fluid won’t correct a leak.f you add fluidwhen your liningsare worn, then you’ll have too muchfluid when you get ew brake linings. You should add(or remove) brake fluid, as necessary,nly when work isdone on the brake hydraulic system.

Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine when tocheck your brake fluid. See “Periodic MaintenanceInspections” in the Index.

Checking Brake Fluid

If you havetoomuch brake fluid, itcan spill on the

engine. The fluidwiuburn if the engine is hot

I

You can check the brake fluid without takingff the cap.

Just look at the windows on the brake fluid reservoir.



enough. You or others could be burned, and your

vehicle could be damaged. Add brake fluid only

when work is done on the brake hydraulic system.

The fluid levels should e above MIN.If they aren’t,have your brake system checked to seef there is a leak.

After work is done on the brake hydraulic system, makesure the levels are aboveIN and below the topof

each window.

6-29

What to Add

When you do need brake fluid, use only DOT-3 brakefluid -- such as Delco Supreme 1 l @ (G M Part

No. 12377967).Use new brake fluid from a sealedcontainer only.

Always clean the brake fluid reservoir cap and the areaaround the cap before removing it . This will help keepdirt from entering the reservoir.

I

With the wrong kind f fluid in your brake

system, your brakes may not workell, or they

may not even work t all. This could cause

crash. Always use the proper brake fluid.

NOTICE:

Using the wrong fluid can badly damage

brake system parts. For example, justfew

drops of mineral-based oil, such as engine

oil, in your brake system can damage brake

system partsso badly that they’ll have to be

replaced. Don’t let someone put n the

wrong kindof fluid.

0 If you spill brake fluid on yourvehicle’s

painted surfaces, the paint finishan bedamaged. Be careful not to spill brake fluid

on your vehicle. If you do, wash it off

immediately. See “Appearance Care” in

the Index.



6-30

Brake Wear

Your vehicle has front disc brakes and rear drum brakes.

I f you have the all-wheel drive option, your vehicle has

four-wheel disc brakes.

Disc brake pads have built-in wear indicators that makea

high-pitched warning sound when the brake pads are wornand new pads are needed. The sound may come an d go orbe heard all the time your vehicle is moving (except whenyou are pushing o n the brake pedal firmly).

I A CAUTION:I

The brake wear warning sound means that soon

your brakes won't work well. That could lead to

an accident. Whenyou hear the brake wear

warning sound, have your vehicle serviced.

Some driving conditionsor climates may cause a brakesqueal when the brakes are first applied or lightlyapplied. This does not mean something is wrong with

y o u r brakes.

Properly torqued wheel nuts are necessary to helpprevent brake pulsation. When tires are rotated, inspectbrake pads for wear and evenly torque wheel nuts in theproper sequence to G M specifications.

Your rear d r u m brakes don't have wear indicators,but if you ever hear a rear brake rubbing noise: havethe rear brake linings inspected. Also, the rear brake

drums should be removed and inspected each time thetires are removed fo r rotation or changing. When youhave the front brake pads replaced. have the rear brakesinspected, too.

Brake linings should always be replaced as completeaxle sets.

See "Brake System Inspection" i n Section 7 of this manualunder Part C "Periodic Maintenance Inspections."



NOTICE:

Continuing to drive with w orn-out brake pads

could result in costly brake repair.

6-31

Brake Pedal Travel

See your dealer if th e brake pedal does not return tonor~nal eight, or if there is a rapid increase in pedal

travel. This could be a sign of brake trouble.

Brake Adjustment

Every time you make a brake stop, your disc brakesadjust for wear.

If your brake pedal goes down farther than normal. yourrear drum brakes may need adjustment. Adjust them by

backing up and firmly app1yin.g the brakes a l e w times.Replacing Brake System Parts

The braking system on a modern vehicle is complex. It s

many parts have to be of top quality and work welltogether if the vehicle is to have really good braking.Your vehicle was designed and tested with top-qualityG M brake parts.

When you replace parts of your braking system -- forexample, when your brake linings wear down and youhaw to have new ones put in -- be sure you get newapproved G M replacement parts. If you don’t, yourbrakes may no longer work properly. For example, if

someone puts i n brake linings that are wrong for yourvehicle, the balance between your front and rear brakescan change -- for the worse. The braking performanceyou’ve come to expect can change i n many other ways if

someone puts in the wrong replacement brake parts.

Battery

Every new vehicle has a Delco Freedom@ battery. Yo u

never have to add water to one of these. When it’s timef o r a new battery, we recomlnend a Delco Freedombattery. Get one that has the replacement number shownon the original battery‘s label.



6-32

Vehicle Storage

If you’re not going to drive your vehicle for25 days or

more, take off the black, negative (-) cable from the battely.

This will help keep your battery from running down.

Bulb Replacement

Before you replace any bulbs, be sure that al l the lampsare off and the engine isn’t running. See “Replacement

Bulbs‘‘ n the Index.

, / i \ C f iJTION:

Batteries have acid that can burn you and gas

that can explode. You can be badly hur t if you

aren’t careful. See “Jump Starting” in the Index

for tips on working around a batterywithout

getting hurt.

Contact your dealer to learn how t o prepare your vehiclefor longer storage periods.

Also, for your audio system. see ”Theft-DeterrentFeature” in the Index.

Halogen Bulbs

A CAU ION:

Halogen bulbs have pressurized gas inside and

can burst if you drop or scratchhe bulb. You or

others could be injured. Be sure to read and

follow the instructionson the bulb package.



6-33

Headlamps

Sealed Beam Lamps

1 . Remove the screws fromthe headlamp retainer.

2. Pull the headlamp outand remove the retainer.

3 . Unplug and remove the headlamp.

4. PILI^ i n the new headlamp and put i t i n place.

5 . Put th e retainer on the headlamp and install andtighten the screws.



6-34

Composite Headlamps

I . Open the 1700d.

3-.

4. Unplug the electrical connector.

5 . Turn the bulb

counterclockwise t o

remove I t ,

3 .6. Pu t the new bulb i n t o the headlamp lens assembly

and turn it clockwise until i t is tight.

7 . Plug i n the electrical connector.

8. Put the headlamp lens assembly back i n t o t h e

vehicle. Install and tighten the screws.



6-35

Front Turn Signal Lamps

If you have fog lamps, the fo g lamp bracket must beremoved before you can replace the front turn

signal lamps.

3-.

3 .

Turn the socket counterclockwise and pull i t out.

Holding the base of the bulb, pull the bulb straighto u t of the socket.

Push the new bulb into the socket unti l i t clicks.

Put the socket back into th e turn signal lampusembly a n d turn i i clockwise unt i l it locksi n t o place.

Front Sidemarker Lamps

1 .

3-.

3 .

4.

5 .

6 .

Remove the lens retaining screws.

Remove the sidernarker lens from the radiator grille.

Turn h c bulb and socket one-quarter turncounterclockwise.

Remove the bulb and socket from the lens.

Install the new bulb and socket to thesidemarker lens.

Rotate the bulb and socket one-quarterof aturn clockwise.



7 .

9..

Install the sidemarker lens to the radiator grille.

Insert the tabs i n t o the locators.

Install and tighten the screws.

6-36

Taillamps

1 . Open the endgate.

2. Remove the two screws

from the lamp assembly.

3. Pull the assembly away from the vehicle.

4. Turn the socket counterclockwise o remove it . Pushthe tab in while you turn the socketcounterclockwise.

5 . Holding the base of the bulb, pull the bulb straightout of the socket.

6 . Push the new bulb straight into the socket untili t clicks.

7. Put the socket into the lamp assembly and tu rn thesocket clockwiseunt i l i t locks into place.

8. Install the lamp assembly and screws.

9. Close the endgate.

Underhood Lamp

1 . Disconnect the electrical connector from the

underhood lamp assembly.

2. Remove the screws.3. Disconnect the ground wire.

4. Remove the lamp assembly f rom the hood.

5 . Install he new bulb.

6. Replace the assembly. Install and tighten the screws.

7. Connect the ground wire.

8. Connect the electrical connector to thelamp assembly.



6-37

Front Reading Lamps

1 .

2.

3.

4.

5 .

6.

7 .

a.

Use a coin or srnall screwdriver to 11nscrew thecenter of the overhead console lamp lens while

pressing in on the lamp assembly.Remove the lamp assembly from the console.

Remove the bulb assembly from the lamp assembly.

Pull the bulb straight out of the base.

Put a new bulb into the bulb base.

Install the bulb assembly into t.he lamp assembly.

Place the lamp assembly into the console, turning itto latch it i n place.

Install the lens.

Vanity Mirror Lamps

4. Press th e new bulb into place.

5 . Slide the side tabs of the lens under the side of thevanity assembly frame.

6. Rotate the lens downward.7. Snap the lens into the frame.

Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement

See ”Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts” in theIndex for the proper type of replacement blade.

NOTICE:~

Use care when removing or installing a blade

assembly. Accidental bumping can cause the arm

to fall back and strike the w indshield.

1 . Inserthe blade of a small screwdriver into the center I I

slot at the bottom of the lens.

2. Gently pry the screwdriver down i n order to lift outthe lens.

1 . To remove the old wiper blades, lift the wiper arm

until i t locks into a vertical position.



3. Pry out the bulb.

6-38

A. Blade Assembly

B. Arm Assembly

C. LockingTa b

D. Blade Pivot

E. Hook Slot

F. Arm Hook

2. Press down on the blade assembly pivot locking tab.

3. Remove the insert from the blade assembly. Theinsert has two notches at one end that are locked bythe bottom claws of the blade assembly. At thenotched end, pull the insert from the blade assembly.

A

0il4. To install the new wiper insert, slide the insert ( D ) ,

notched end last. into the end with two blade claws

( A ) . Slide the insert all the way through the bladeclaws at the opposite end ( B) . The plastic caps (C)



Pull down on the blade assembly to release it fi-omthe wiper arm hook.

will be forced off as the insert is fully inserte.d.

5 . Be sure that the notches are locked by the bottomclaws. Make sure that all other claws are properlylocked on both sides of the insert slots.

6-39

B C

A . Claw in Notch

B. Correct Installation

C. Incorrect Installation

6. Put the blade assembly pivot in the wiper ar m hook.

Backglass Wiper Blade Replacement

See "Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement" in thissection for instructions on how to change the backglass

wiper blade. The backglass wiper blade will not lock ina vertical position like the windshield wiper blade. socare should be used when pulling it away fromthe vehicle.

Tires

Y ~ L I ~ew vehicle comes with high-quality tires made bya leading tire nnanufacturer. If you ever have questions

about your tire warranty and where to obtain service, seeyour warranty booklet for details.



Pull up until the pivot locking tab locks in thehook slot.

7. Carefully lower the wiper a rm and blade assemblyonto the windshield.

6-40

A CAUTION:

Poorly maintained and improperly used tiresare dangerous.

0

0

0

0

Overloading your tires can cause

overheating as a result of too much friction.

You could have an air-ou t and a serious

accident. See “1,oading Your Vehicle” in

the Index.

Underinflated tires pose the same danger as

overloaded tires. The resulting accident

could cause serious injury. Checkll tires

frequently to maintain the recommended

pressure. Tire pressure should be checked

when your tires areold.

Overinflated tires are moreikely to be

cut, punctured or broken y a sudden

impact -- such as when you hit a pothole.Keep tires at the recommended pressure.

Worn, old tires can cause accidents.f your

Inflation -- Tire Pressure

The Cel-tification/Tire label. which is 011 the driver‘s

doo r edge, above the door latch. shows the correct

inflation pressures for y o u r tires when they’re cold.“Cold“ lneans y o u r vehicle has been sitting for at leastthree hours o r driven n o more than 1 mile ( 1 .6 k m ) .

NOTICE:

Don’t let anyone tell you that underinflation or

overinflation is all right.t’s not.If‘

your tiresdon’t have enough air (underinflation),ou can

get the following:

Too much flexing

Too much heat

0 Tireoverloading

Badwear

0 Bad handling

0 Bad fuel economy.

NOTICE: (Continued)



tread is badly worn, or f‘your tires have

been damaged, replace them.

6-41

I NOTICE: (Continued) II f your tires have too much air (overinflation),

you can get the following:0 Unusual wear

0 Bad handling

0 Rough ride

Needless damage from road hazards.

When to Check

Check your tires once a month or n101-e.Also. check thetire pressure of the spare tire.

I ! you have a compact spare tire. it should be at 60 psi(420 k Pa) .

How to Check

Use a good quality pocket-type gage to check tire

pressure. You can't tell if your tires are properly inflatedsimply by looking a t thcm. Radial tires may look

Tire Inspection and Rotation

Tires s11o111dbe rotated every 6,000 to 8,000 miles

( I O 000 to 13 000 km). Any time you notice unusualwe;^

rotate your tiresa s

soona s

possible and checkwheel alignment. Also check f o r damaged tires o r

wheels. See "When 1t.s Time fo r New Tires" and"Wheel Replacement" later i n this section f o r

more information.

Thc purpose of' reg~~larotation is to achieve moreuniform wear f u r a l l tires on the vehicle. The firstrotation is t h u most important. See "Schecluled

Maintenance Services" i n the Index f o r scheduledrotation intervals.

r - -



properly inflated even when they're underintlatecl.

Be sure to put the valve caps back on the valve stems.They help prevent leaks by keeping out dirt an d moisture.

6-42

I 1

If your vehicle hasa compact spare tire, don’t include itin your tire rotation.

After the tires have been rotated, adjust the front andrear inflation pressures as shownn theCertificatioflire label. Make certain that ll wheel nuts

are properly tightened.See “Wheel Nut orque’’ inthe Index.

Rust or dirt n a wheel, r on theparts to whichit is fastened, can make wheeluts become loose

after a time. The wheel could comeff and cause

an accident. Whenyou change a wheel, remove

any rust or dirtrom places where the wheel

attaches to theehicle. In an emergency, you can

use a clothor a paper towel to do this; ut be

sure to use a scraper or wire brush later, if you

need to, to get all theust or dirt off. (See“Changing a Flat Tire” in the Index.)



6-43

When It's Time for New Tires

One way t o tell when it's

time fo r new tires is to

check the treadwearindicators, which willappear when YOLII-tires haveonly 1/16 inch ( I .6 m m ) rless of tread remaining.

You need a new tire if any of the following statementsare true:

0 You can see the indicators at three or more placesaround the tire.

You can see cord or hbric showing through thetire's rubber.

The tread or sidewall is cracked. cut or snagged deep

The tire has a bump. bulge or split.

The tire has a puncture, cut or other damage that

can't be repaired well because of the size or locationo f the

darnage.Buying New Tires

To find out what kind ;m.l size o f tires you need, look atthe CertificatiodTire label.

The tires installed on your vehicle when it was new hada Tire Performance Criteria Specification TPC Spec)number on each tire's sidewall. When yo u get new tires,

your vehicle will continue to have ires that are designedt o give proper endurance, handling, speed rating,traction. ride and other things duringnormal service on

your vehicle. If your tires have an all-season treaddesign, the TPC number will be followed by an "MS"

(for mud and snow).

I f you ever replace your tires with those no t hktving aTPC Spec number. make sure [hey are the same size.load range, speed rating and construction type (bias,

c et ones with that same TPC Spec number. That way



enough to show cord or fabric.bias-belted or radial) as y o u r original tires.

6-44

Mixing tires could causeyou to lose control whiledriving. If you mix tires of different sizes or types

(radial and bias-belted tires), the vehicle may not

handle proper ly, and ou could havea crash.

Using tiresof different sizes may also cause

damage toyour vehicle. Be sure touse the same

size and type tires n all wheels.

It’s all right to drivewith your compact spare

(if you have one). It was developed forse on

your vehicle.

Uniform Tire Quality Grading

The following information relates to the systemdeveloped by the United States National Highway

Traffic Safety Administration, which grades tires bytreadwear. traction and temperature performance. (Thisapplies only to vehicles sold in the United States.) The

not apply to deep tread, winter-type snow tires,space-saver or temporary use spare tires, tires withnominal r i m diameters of 10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm),or to some limited-production tires.

While the tires available on General Motors passengercars and light trucks may vary with respect to these

requirements and additional General Motors TirePerformance Criteria (TPC) standards.

c rades, they rnust also conform toFederal safety

Treadwear

The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on

the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlledconditions on a specified government test course. Forexample. a tire graded 150 would wear one and a half( 1 1/2) imes as well on the government course as a tire

upon the actual conditions of their use, however, andmay depart significantly from the norm due to variationsi n driving habits, service practices and differences in

road characteristics and clilnate.

eraded 100.The relative performance of tires depends



grades are molded on the sidewalls of most passengercar tires. The Uniform Tire Quality Grading system does

6-45

Traction -- A, B, C

The tmction grades, from highest to lowest. are A , B. andC, and they represent the tire‘s ability to stop on wetpavement as measured under controlled conditions on

specified government test surfaces f asphalt and concrete.A tire marked C may have poor traction perf’ormance.

Wxning: The traction grade assigned to this tire is based

on braking (straight ahead) traction tests and does not

include cornering (t un in g) raction.

Temperature -- A, B , C

The temperature grades are A (,thehighest), B, an d C.representing the tire‘s resistance t o the gencration o f

heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested undcrcontrolled conditionso n a specified indoor laboratorytest wheel. Sustained high temperature can cause thematerial of the tire to degenerate and reduce ire life,and excessive temperature can ead to sudden tirefailure. The gradeC corresponds t o a level of

performance which all passenger car tires must meetunder the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety StandardNo. 109.Grades B and A represent higher levels of

Warnin?: Thc ten~perat~u-e pxdeor this tire isestnblishcd fo r a tire that is properly intlated and notoverloaded. Excessive speed. underinflation, rexcessive loading. either separatcly or i n combination.

c;m ca~~seeat buildup md possible tire failure.

Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance

The wheels on y o u r vehicle were aligned and balancedcare1’uIly at the factory to give you the longest tire lifeand best overdl performance.

lee1 Replacement

~ e p l ~ emy wheel that is bent. cracked, or badly rusted01-

corrocled.I f

wheel n ~ ~ t seep coming loose. the wheel,wheel bolts and wheel nuts should be 1-eplacec1. f the

wheel leaks air, replace i t (except some aluminum



performance on the laboratory test wheel than theminimum required by l a w .

wheels. which c m sometimes be repaired). See your

GM dcalcr if a n y o f ’ these conditionsexist.

6-46

Each new wheel should have the same load-carryingcapacity, diameter. width. offset and be mounted th e

same way as the one it replaces.

I f you need to replace any of y o u r wheels, wheel bolts

o r wheel nuts. replace them only with ne w G M originalequipment parts. This way. you will be sure t o have theright wheel. wheel bolts a n d wheel nuts for your vehicle.

IA CAUTION: r)

Using the wrong replacement wheels, wheel bolts

or wheel nuts on your ehicle can be dangerous.

It could affect the braking and handling f your

vehicle, make your tiresose air and makeyou

lose control. You could have a collision in which

you or other s could e injured. Alwrays use thecorrect wheel, wheel bolts and wheel nuts

for replacement.

NOTICE:

The wrongwheel can also cause problems with

bearing life, brake cooling, speedometer orodometer calibration, headlamp aim, bumper

height, vehicle ground clearance and tire or tire

chain clearance o the body and chassis.~ ,.

See "Changing a Flat Tire" i n the Index fo rmore information.

Used Replacement Wheels

' A CAUTION:

Put ting a used wheel on your ehicle is

dangerous. You can't know how it's been used or

how far it's been driven. It could fail suddenlyand cause an accident.f you have to replace a

wheel, use a new GkI original equipmentwheel.



6-47

Tire Chains

NOTICE:

If your vehicle has P235/75R15, P235/70K15or31xlOSOR15LT/C size tires, don’t use tire chains.

They can. damage your vehicle because there’s

not enough clearance.

Use another typeof traction device only f its

manufacturer recommends it for use on your

vehicle and ti re size combination and roadconditions. Follow that manufacturer’s

instructions. To help avoid damage to yourvehicle, drive slowly, readjust or remove the

device if it’s contact ing your vehicle, and don’t

spin your wheels.

NOTICE: (Continued)

NOTICE: (Continued)

If you do h d traction device thatwill fit, install

them on the rear tires.If you have other size tires, use tire chains only

where legal an d only when you must.Use only

SA E Class “S” type chains that are the proper

size for your tires. Install them on the drive axle

tires (,four-wheel-drive vehicles can use chains on

both axles) and tighten them as tightlys possible

with the ends securely fastened. Drivelowly and

follow the chain manufacturer’s instructions. f

you can hear the chains contacting yourehicle,stop and retighten them.f the contact continues,

slow down until it stops. Drivingoo fast or

spinning the wheels with hains on will damage

your vehicle.



6-48

Appearance Care

Remember, cleaning products can be hazardous. Someare toxic. Others can burst n to flame it ' you strike amatch or get then? on a hot part o f the vehicle. Some aredangerous if ~ O L Ireathe their fumes i n a closed space.When you L I S ~nything from a container to clean yourvehicle. be sure to follow the manufacturer's warningsand instructions. And a lways open your doors orwindows when you're cleaning the inside.

N e w r use these to clean your vehicle:

0 Benzene

0 Naphtha

0 Carbon Tetrachloride

0 Acetone

0 Paint 'Thinner

Turpentine

0 LacquerThinner

0 NailPolish Remover

Don't L M any of these unless this manual says you can.In m a n y uses, these will damage y o u r vehicle:

0 Alcohol

0 Laundry Soap

0 Bleach

6 ReducingAgents

Cleaning the Insideof Your Vehicle

Use a vacuum cleaner often t o get rid of dust and loosedirt. Wipe vinyl or leather with a clean. dam p cloth.

Your G M dealer has tw o cleaners, a solvent-type spot

lifter and a foam-type powdered cleaner. They will cleannormal spots and stains very well. D o not use them onvinyl or leather.

Here are some cleaning ips:

1. Always read the instructions on the cleaner Iabei.

2. Clean up stains as soon as you can -- before they set.

3 . Use a clean cloth or sponge. and change to a clean

area often. A soft brush may be used if stainsare stubborn.

4. Use solvent-type cleaners i n a well-ventilated area



They can al l be hazardous -- some more thanothers -- and they can all damage your vehicle. too. 5 . I f a ring fornls after spot cleaning, clean he entire

only. If you use them. don't saturate the stained area.

area immediately or t w i l l set.

6-49

Using Foam-Type Cleaneron Fabric

1 .

2.

3 .

4.

5 .

6.

7.

8.

9.

Vacuum and brush the area to remove any loose dirt.

Always clean a whole trim panel or section. Mask

surrounding trim along stitch or welt lines,Mix Multi-Purpose Powdered Cleaner following thedirections on the container label.

Use suds only and apply with a clean sponge. Don'tsaturate the material and don't rub i t roughly.

As soon as you've cleaned the section, use a spongeto remove the suds.

Rinse the section with a clean, wet sponge.

Wipe off what's left with a slightly damp paper towelor cloth.

Dry i t immediately with a blow dryer.

Wipe with a clean cloth,

Using Solvent-Type Cleaner on Fabric

First, see if you have to use solvent-type cleaner at all.Some spots and stains will clean off better with justwater and mild soap.

I f you need t o use a solvent:

I .

2.

3 .

4.

Gently scrape excess soil from the trim material with

a clean, dull knife or scraper.

Use very little cleaner, light pressure and clean cloths(preferably cheesecloth).Cleaning should start at theoutside o f the stain, "feathering" toward the center.

Keep changing to a clean section of the cloth.

When you clean a stain from fabric, immediatelydry the area with a blow dryer to help prevent acleaning ring.



6-50

Fabric Protection Non-Greasy Stains

Your vehicle has upholstery and carpet that has beentreated with Scotchgard" Fabric Protector, a 3Mproduct. It protects fabrics by repelling oil and water,which are the carriers of most stains. Even with thisprotection, you still need t o clean your upholstery andcarpet often to keep i t looking new.

Further information on cleaning is available by calling1-800-433-3296 ( in Minnesota, 1-800-642-6167).

Special Cleaning Problems

Greasy or Oily Stains

Stains caused by grease. oil, butter. margarine, shoepolish, coffee with cream, chewing gum, cosmeticcreams, vegetable oils, wax crayon, tar and asphalt canbe removed as follows:

1 . Carefully scrape off excess stain.

2. Follow the solvent-type instructionsdescribed earlier.

Shoe polish, wax crayon, t a r and asphalt will stain if left

Stains caused by catsup, coffee (black). egg, r u i t . fruit

juice, milk, soft drinks, wine. v o m i t . urine and blood canbe removed a s follows:

1. CarefLlIly scrape off excess stain. then sponge th e

soiled area w i t h cool water.

2. I f a stain remains. follow the ham-type instructionsdescribed earlier.

3. If an odor lingers after cleaning vomit ot-urine. treatthe area with a waterhaking soda solution:1 teaspoon ( 5 1111) of baking soda to 1 cup ( 3 5 0 1111)

of lukewarm water.

3. I f needed. clean lightly w i t h solvent-type cleaner.

Combination Stains

Stains caused by candy. ice crean~,mayonnaise. chilisauce and unknown stains can be removed as follows:

1 . Carefully scrape off excess stain.

2 . Clean with cool water and allow to dry.

3. If a stain remains, clean i t with solvent-type clcaner.



on ;1vehicle's seat fabric. They should be removed a s

soon as possible. Be careful, because the cleaner will

dissolve them and may cause them to spread.

6-51

Cleaning Vinyl

Use warm water and a clean cloth.

Rub with a clean, d a m p cloth to remove dirt. You

may have to do i t more than once.Things like tar, asphalt and shoe polish will stain if youdon't get then1 off quickly.Use a clean cloth anda

vinyl/leatlm- cleaner. See your dealer for this product.

Cleaning Leather

Use a soft cloth with lukewarm water and a mild soap orsaddle soap and wipe dry with a soft cloth. Then, et theleather dry naturally. Do not me heat t o dry.

0 For stubborn stains, use a leather cleaner. See y o u r

dealer for this product.

Nel1L.r use oils. varnishes, solvent-based or Ltbrasivecleaners, furniture polish or shoe polish on leather.

Soiled o r stained leather should be cleaned

immediately. I f dirt is allowed to work into thef in ish , it can harm th e leather.

Cleaning theTop of the InstrumentPanel

Use only mild soap and water to clean the to p surfacesof the instrument panel. Sprays containing siliconesorwaxes may cause annoying retlections n the windshieldand even make i t difficult to see through the windshieldunder certain conditions.

C-areof Safet.y Belts

Keep belts clean and dry.

I

rDo not bleach or dye safety belts. If you do, it

may severely weaken them. In a crash, they

might not be able to provide adequate protection.

Clean safety belts only w ith mild soap and

lukewarm w ater.



6-52

Cleaning Glass Surfaces

Glass should be cleaned often. GM Glass Cleaner (GMPart N o. 1050427) or a liquid household glass cleaner

will remove normal tobacco smoke and dust films oninterior glass.

Don't use abrasive cleaners on glass. because they maycause scratches. Avoid placing decals on th e inside rearwindow, since they may have to be scraped off later. If

abrasive cleaners are used on the inside of the rearwindow, an electric defogger element may be damaged.Any temporary license should not be attached across the

defogger grid.

Cleaning the Outsideof the

Windshield, Backglass and

Wiper Blades

I f the windshield is n o t clear after using the windshieldwasher, or if the wiper blade chatters when running.wax , sap or other material may be on the bladeor windshield.

Clean the outside of the windshield with GMWindshield Cleaner, Bon A m i@ Powder (non-scratching

windshield is clean if beads do not form when you rinse

i t with water.

c'lass cleaning powder),GM Part No. 105001 1 . The

Grime f rom the windshield will stick to the wiper bladesand affect their performance. Clean the blade by wipingvigorously with a cloth soaked i n full-strengthwindshield washer solvent. Then rinse the bladewith water.

Check the wiper blades and clean them as necessary;replace b1ade.s that look worn.

Weatherstrips

Silicone grease on weatherstrips will make them lastlonger? seal better. and not stick or squeak. Applysilicone grease with a clean cloth a t least every sixmonths. During very cold, d a m p weather nIo1-e frequentapplication may be required. (See "RecommendedFluids and Lubricants" in the Index.)



6-53

Cleaning the Outside of Your Vehicle

The paint finish on your vehicle provides beauty, depthof color, gloss retention and durability.

Washing Your Vehicle

The best way to preserve your vehicle’s finishs to keep i t

clean by washing it often with lukewarm or cold water.

Don’t wash your vehicle in the direct rays of the sun.Don’t use strong soaps or chemical detergents. Useliquid hand, dish or car washing (mild detergent) soaps.Don’t use cleaning agents that are petroleum based, or

that contain acid or abrasives. All cleaning agentsshould be flushed promptly and not allowed to dry onthe surface, or they could stain. Dry the finish with a

soft, clean chamois or an all-cotton towel to avoidsurface scratches and water spotting.

High pressure car washes may cause water to enteryour vehicle.

Cleaning Exterior LampsLensesUse lukewarm or cold water, a soft cloth and a liquidhand, dish or car washing (mild detergent) soap to clean

Finish Care

Occasional waxing or mild polishing of your vehicle by

hand may be necessary to remove residue from the paintfinish. You can get GM-approved cleaning productsfrom y o u r dealer. (See “Appearance Care and Materials”i n the Index.)

Your vehicle has a “basecoatlclearcoat” paint finish. Theclearcoat gives more depth and gloss to the coloredbasecoat. Always use waxes and polishes that arenon-abrasive and made for a basecoat/clearcoatpaint finish.

I NOTICE:

Machine com pounding or a ggressive polishing on

a basecoat/clearcoat paint finish may dull the

finish or leave swirl marks.

Foreign materials such as calcium chloride and othersalts, ice melting agents, road oil and tar, tree sap, birddroppings. chemicals from industrial chimneys, etc., can



exterior lamps and lenses. Follow instructions under”Washing Your Vehicle.”

damage your vehicle’s finish if they remain on paintedsurfaces. Wash the vehicle as soon as possible. If

necessary, use non-abrasive cleaners that are markedsafe for painted surfaces to remove foreign matter.

6-54

Exterior painted surfaces are subject to aging, weatherand chemical fdlout that can take their t o l l over a periodof years. You can help to keep the paint finish lookingnew by keeping your vehicle garaged or coveredwhenever possible.

Protecting Exterior Bright Metal Parts

Bright metal parts should be cleaned regularly to keeptheir luster. Washing w i t h water is all that is usuallyneeded. However. you may use chrome polish onchrome or stainless steel trim. if necessary.

Use special care with a l u m i n u m trim. To avoid

damaging protective t r im, never use auto or chromepolish, steam or caustic soap to clean aluminum. A

coating of wax, rubbed to high polish, is recommendedfor al l bright metal parts.

Cleaning Aluminum Wheels

(If Equipped)

Keep your wheels clean wing a soft clean cloth with

mild soap and water. Rinse with cle.an water. Afterrinsing thoroughly, dry with a soft clean towel. A waxmay then be applied.

The surface of these wheels is similar to the paintedsurface of your vehicle. Don't use strong soaps.chemicals, abrasive polishes, abrasive cleaners orabrasive cleaning brushes on then1 because you coulddamage the surface.

Don't take your vehicle through an automatic car washthat has silicon carbide tire cleaning brushes. Thesebrushes can also damage the surface of these wheels.

Cleaning Tires

To clean Y O L K tires, use a stiff brush with a tire cleaner.

NOTICE:

When applying a tire dressing always take care to

wipe off any overspray or splash from all painted

surfaces on the body or wheels of the vehicle.

Petroleum-based products may damage the

paint finish.

Sheet Metal Damage

If your vehicle is damaged and requires sheet metal



repair o r replacement, make sure the body repair shopapplies anti-corrosion material to the parts repaired orreplaced to restore corrosion protection.

6-55

Finish Damage

A ny stone chips. fractures or deep scratches in the finishshould be repaired right away. Bare metal will corrodequickly and may develop into a major repair expense.

Minor chips and scratches can be repaired with touch-upmaterials available from your dealer or other serviceoutlets. Larger areas of finish damage can be correctedi n your dealer’s body and paint shop.

Underbody Maintenance

Chemicals used for ice and snow removal and dust conh-01

can collect on the underbody. If these x e not removed,accelerated corrosion (rust) can oxcuron the underbodyparts such as fuel lines, frame, floor pan an d exhaust systemeven though they have corrosion protection.

At least every spring, flush these materials from theunderbody with plain water. Clean any areas where mudand other debris ca n collect. Dirt packed i n closed areasof the frame should be loosened before being flushed.

Your dealer or an underbody car washing system can dothis for you.

Chemical Paint Spotting

Some weather and atmospheric conditions can create achemical fallout. Airborne pollutants can fall upon andattack painted surfaces on your vehicle. This damage

can take two forms: blotchy, ringlet-shapeddiscolorations, and small irregular dark spots etched intothe paint surface.

Although no defect i n the paintjob causes this, CM will

repair. at no charge to the owner. the surfaces of newvehicles damaged by this fallout condition within

I2 months or 12,000miles (20 000 k m ) of purchase.

whichever occurs first.



6-56

Appearance Care Materials Chart



-

6-57

Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)

m I111111111111111111111111111111I1 11111111111111111111 0Id SAMPLE4UXVM072675I E N G I N E b 7 ASSEMBLY ICODE MODEL YEAR PLANT

~

This is the legal identifier for your vehicle. I t appears ona plate in the front corner of the instrument panel, on thedriver's side. You can see i t if you look through the

windshield from outside your vehicle. The V IN alsoappears on the Vehicle Certification and Service Partslabels and the certificates of title and registration,

Engine Identification

The 8th character in your V I N is the engine code. Thiscode will help you identify your engine, specificationsand replacement parts.

Service Parts Identification Label

You'll f ind this label on the inside of the glove box. It's

your VIN,

themodel designation.

paint information and

a list of a l l production options and special equipment.Be sure that this label is not removed from the vehicle,

Electrical System

Add-on Electrical Equipment

NOTICE:

Don't add anything electrical to your vehicle unless

you check with your dealer first. Some electrical

equipment can damage your vehicle and the

damage wouldn't be covered by your warranty.

Some add-on electrical equipment can keep other

components from workingas they should.

Your vehicle has a n air bag system. Before attempting to

add anything electrical to your vehicle, see "Servicing



very helpful if you ever need to order parts. On this

label is:Your Air Bag-Equipped Vehicle" in the Index.

6-58

Headlamps

The headlamp wiring is protected by an internal circuitbreaker. An electrical overload will cause the lamps to goon and off, or in some cases to remain o f f . f this happens,

have your headlamp wiring checked right away.

Windshield Wipers

The windshield wiper motors protected by a circuit breakerand a fuse. If the motor overheats ue to heavy snow, etc.. thewiper will stopntil the motor cools.f the overload s causedby some electrical problem, be sure to get it fixed.

Power Windows and OtherPower Options

Circuit breakers protect the power windows and otherpower accessories. When the current load is too heavy.the circuit breaker opens and closes, protecting thecircuit until the problem is fixed or goes away.

Fuses and Circuit Breakers

The wiring circuits i n your vehicle are protected fromshort circuits by a combination of fuses, circuit breakers

and fusible thermal links. This greatly reduces thechance of fires caused by electrical problems.

Look at the silver-colored band inside the fuse. If the

If you ever have a problem on the road and don't have aspare fuse. you can borrow one that has the sameamperage. Just pick some feature of your vehicle thatyou can get along without -- like the radio or cigarettelighter -- and use its fuse, if it is the correct amperage.Replace it as soon as you can.

Instrument Panel Fuse Block

The fuse block is at thedriver's end of theinstrument panel.

Remove the toller by turning the fastenercounterclockwise. Extra fuses and the fuse extractor areprovided i n the cover. To reinstall the fuse panel cover.push i n and turn the fastener clockwise.



band is broken or melted, replace the fuse. Be sure youreplace a bad fuse with a new one of the identical sizeand rating.

6-59

,I,,WDO

>ACCY

Fuse/CircuitBreaker Usage

A Power Door Locks, Power Seat,Power Seat Lumbar, RemoteKeyless Entry

Power Windows, SunroofB


1

2

3

4

Stoplamps, Hazard Lamps, Chime,Center High-Mounted Stoplamp Relay,

Center High-Mounted StoplampDome Lamps, Cargo Lamps, VisorVanity Mirror, Cigarette Lighter,Inside Rearview Mirror Lamp,Overhead Console L,amps, GloveBox Lamp, Horns, Horn Relay, IPCourtesy Lamps, Power OutsideRearview Mirror, Liftglass Release

Motor, Illuminated Entry Module

Parking Lamps, License Plate Lamps,Electric Shift Transfer Case Module,Underhood Lamp, Rear Wiper, Fog

Lamp Relay, Door Switch Lamp,Ashtray Lamp, Headlamp Switch

A/C Compressor Relay, Cluster

Chime Module. DRL Relay Coil,Four-Wheel-Drive Indicator Lamp,DRL Module, Rear Defog Timer,Transfer Case Control Module



Modde/Motor Ignition, SIR Redundant Ignition,R K E Ignition. Fuel Sender Module

6-60


5

6

7

8

910

11

12

13

14

Oxygen Sensor Heater, Exhaust GasRecirculation, Cam Sensor, CANN.

Purge. Canister Vent Solenoid. MassAirflow Sensor, C a m Shaft Sensor

Blower Motor, Temperature DoorMotor. HI Blower Relay Coil

Power Auxiliary Outlets, AssemblyLine Diagnostic Link

Rear Window Defogger

PCM/VCM Battery. Fuel PumpPCM/VCM Ignition, Injectors. CrankSensor. Coil Driver Module

Radio, Inside Rearview Mirror MapLamp, Overhead Console ReadingLamps. Rear Wiper, Rear Washer.Overhead Console Display

Anti-Lock Braking System. VCMIGN-3

Clock. Radio Battery, CD Player

A/C Compressor Battery Feed

17

18

19

20

21

22

23


16 Turn Signals and Back-up Lamps,Brake-Transmission Shift Interlock

SolenoidWindshield Washer, WindshieldWiper Motor

Not Used

Electric Shift Transfer Case

Crank Relay, Air Bag Module

Not Used

Air Bag Module

Cluster Hlumination, RadioIllu~nination.He.ater Lamp. 4 W DIllumination, Chime Module, FogLam13 Illumination, Rear WiperSwitch Illumination, Rear DefoggerSwitch Illumination, LiftglassRelease Switch Illumination,Overhead Console Illutnination

PRNDL Power. 4L60E AutomaticTransmission

24



1s Daytime Running Lamps, FogLamps, Fog Lamp Relay

6-61

Repl; ~ nent Bulbs

Lamps

Halogen Headlamps, SealedBeam

Halogen Headlarnps, Composite Low-Beam

Halogen Headlamps, Composite,High-Beam

Tail and Stoplamps

Front Sidemarker Lamps

Turn Signal Lamps

Underhood LampVisor Vanity Mirror Lamps

Ove.rhead Console Reading Lamps

Quantity

2

2

2

4

2

I

Number

2E 1

9006 H B4

9005 HB?

30.57

194

3157 NA

93

74

194



6-62

Capacities and Specifications

Engine Description . . . . . . . . . . . . “VORTEC” 4300

Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V 6

VINCode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WFiring Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6-5-4-3-2

Horsepower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .190 at 4,400 rp m

Thermostat Specification . . . . . . . . . . . I9 5 OF (9 “ C )

Spark Plug Gap . . . . . . . . . . 0.045 inches (0. 14 cm)

Wheels and Tires

Wheel N u t Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 lb-ft ( 130N - m )

Tire Pressure . . . . . . See the Certification/Tire label.See ”Loading Your

Vehicle” in the Index.

Normal Maintenance ReplacementParts

Replacement part numbers listed i n this section arebased on the latest information available at the time ofprinting, and are subject to change. I f a part listed in this

manual is not the same as the part used in your vehiclewhen i t was built, or if you have any questions, pleasecontact your GM truck dealer.

Thermostat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12551472

Oil Filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PF52

Air Cleaner Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A 1 163C

PCV Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CV746C

Automatic Transmission Filter Kit . . . . . . 24200796

Spark Plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 1-932

Fuel Filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GF481

Front WindshieldWiper Blade . . . . . . . . . . Trico (20 inchedS0.8 cm)

Backglass Wiper Blade . . . Trico (14 inched35.6 cm)



6-63

Capacities (Approximate)

Cooling System"

Automatic Trans. . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.7 quarts (

Manual Trans. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.9quarts (

Crankcase"' . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5 quarts

Automatic Transmission

11.1 L)

1I .3 L)(4.3 L)

. . 5.0 quarts (4.7 L )Drain and Refill)* . . . . . . .

Differential Fluid

Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.0 pints ( I .9 L )

Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6 pints ( 1.2 L )

Fuel Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C ) gallons ( 7 2 L )

A/C Refrigerant . . 30 oz . or 2 Ibs. (0.9 kg) of R- 1341

:%Afterefill. the level I n u s t be checked.

Air Conditioning Refrigerants

Not all air conditioning refrigerants are the same. I f the

air conditioning system i n your vehicle needsrefrigerant, be sure the proper refrigerant is used. I f

you're not sure, ask your GM dealer.

Vehicle Dimensions*

Wheelbase

S/TlOSIb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100.5 inches (255.3 cm)

S/T10506 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107.0 inches (27 I .8 crn)Length

S 105I6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175.0 inches (444.5 c m )

TI0516 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175.4 inches (445.5 cm)

S/T 1OS06 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 .S inches (461 .O cm)

SI0516 . . . . . . . . . . . . 66.0 inches (167.6 c m )

T 1OS 16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66.9 inches (170.0 cm)SI0506 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65.9 inches (167.4 cm)

TI0506 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67.0 inches (170.2 cm)

Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67.8 inches (172.2 cm)

Front Tread

S Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.0 inches (139.6 cm)

T Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57.3 inches (145.4 c m )

S Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54.7 inches (138.8an)

T Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.1 inches (139.9 cm )

Height

Rear Tread



'%Figures etlect base equipment only.

6-64

Section 7 MaintenanceSchedule

This section covers the maintenance required for ~ O L I ~ehicle. Your vehicle needs these services to retairl its safety,dependability and emission control performance.

7-27-47-57-57-6

7-6

IntroductionPart A : Scheduled Maintenance ServicesShort Trip/City DefinitionShort Trip/City IntervalsLong Trip/Highway Definition

Long Trip/Highway Intervals

7-77-307-467-507-52

7-55

Short Trip/City Maintenance ScheduleLong Trip/Highway Maintenance SchedulePart B: Owner Checks and ServicesPart C: Periodic Maintenance InspectionsPart D: Recommended Fluids and Lubricants

Part E: Maintenance Record



7-1

KEEP ENGINE OILAT THE PROPER

LEVELAND CHANGE ASRECOMMENDED

Introduction

Your Vehicle and the Environment

Proper vehicle maintenance not only helps to keep your

vehicle in good working condition, but also helps theenvironment. All recommended maintenance proceduresare important. Improper vehicle maintenance can evenaffect the quality o f the air we breathe. Improper fluidlevels or the wrong tire inflation can increase the levelof emissions from your vehicle. To help protect ourenvironment. and to keep your vehicle in goodcondition, please maintain your vehicle properly.



How This Section is Organized

The remainder of this section is divided into five parts:

“Part A: Scheduled Maintenance Services” shows

u:hatt o

11a1:e done md how often. Some of theseservices can be complex. so unless you are technicallyq~~alifieclnd 11ac.e the necessary equiptnent. you shouldlet y o u r dealer‘s service department o r another qd if ie dservice center d o these jobs.

Performing maintenance work on aehicle can

be dangerous. In trying to do some jobs,ou can

be seriously injured. Do your own maintenance

work only if you have the required know-how

and the proper ools and equipment for the job.

I f you have any doubt, have a qualifiedtechnician do the work.

“Part B: Owner Checks and Services”ells you

what should be checked and when. I t also explainswhat you c;m easily do t o help keep yo~t r ehicle i n

ci o dondition.

“Part C: Periodic Maintenance Inspections”explains import;lnt inspections that your GM dealer ’s

service depu-tment o r another qualified service centerShOLlld perforlll.

“Part D: Recommended Fluids and Lubricants” lists

so m e products G M reco~ntnendso help keep y o ~ ~ rvehicle properly maintainecl. ‘These products. or theirequivalents. should be used whether you do the work

yourself o r I~a\;et done.

“Part E: Maintenance Record” pro\;ides a place fo r

you to record the maintenance perfw-riled on yo11r\:chicle. Whenever a n y maintenance is perfor~ned. esure to write i t down i n this part. This will help youdeternline when your next maintenance should be done.I n addition. i t is a good idea t o keep y o u r tnaintenancereceipts. They m a y be needed t o ql~alify our vehicle fo r

warranty repairs.



7-3

Part A: Scheduled Maintenance

Services

Using Your Mair mce Schedule- --

We at General Motors want to help you keep yourvehicle in good working condition. But we don't knowexactly how you'll drive it. You may drive very shortdistances only a few times a week. Or you may drivelong distances all the time in very hot, dusty weather.You may use your vehicle in making deliveries. Oryou may drive it to work, to do errands or i n manyother ways.

Because of all the different ways people L I S ~heir G Mvehicles, maintenance needs vary. You may even needmore frequent checks and replacements t h a n you'll findin th e schedules in this section. So please read thissection and note how you drive. If you have anyquestions on how to keep your vehicle in goodcondition, see yourGM dealer.

This part tells you the maintenance servicesYOLIshouldhave done and when you should schedule them. I f you

go to your dealer for your service needs,you ' l l knowthat GM-trained and supported service people will

The proper tluids and lubricantsto use are listed in Part D.Make sure whoever services your vehicle uses these. All

parts should be replaced and all necessary repairs donebefore you or anyone else drives he vehicle.

These schedules are for vehicles that:a

a

e

a

carry passengers and cargo within reconmendedlimits. You will find these limits on your vehicle'sCertification/Tire label. See "Loading Your Vehicle"i n the Index.

are driven on reasonable road surfaces within legaldri\:ing limits.

are driven off-road in the recommended manner. See"Off-Road Driving With YOLITour-Wheel-DriveVehicle" i n the Index.

L I S ~he reconmended fuel. See Fuel" in the Index.

Selecting the Right Schedule

First you'll need t o decide which of the two schedules is

right for your vehicle. Here's how t o decide whichschedule to follow:



perform the work using genuine G M parts.

7-4

Maintenance Schedule

Short TripKity Definition

Follow the Short Trip/City Maintenance Schedule if anyone of' these conditions is true for your \rehick:

0 Most trips are less than 5 to 10 miles ( 8 to 16 km).This is particularly important when outsidetemperatures are below freezing.

driving i n stop-and-go traffic).

off-road frequently.

your vehicle.

or other comnwcial application.

0 Most trips include extensive idling (such as frequent

0 You operate your vehicle i n dusty areas or

0 You I-'recluently tow a trailer or use a carrier on top of

0 If the vehicle is used for delivery service, police, taxi

O I I ~ ? f ' the 1-ec1,son.s*OL L . s h o ~ r l ~ l , f i , l l ~ ~ t ~ ~his . s c * I w d u l c ~f you

o p t u t e m r r \vl?ic*le ~ O I - l q * of' thesc c-oditiorzs s t lwt

those cwclitior1.v ( Y I L I S ~ e ~ l g i w il to h ~ w kloc\n S O O I I O K

Short Trip/City Intervals

Every 3,000 Miles ( 5 000 km): Engine Oil and FilterChange (or 3 months, whichever occurs first). Chassis

Short TripKity Intervals

Every 6,000 Miles (10 000 km): Tire Rotation.

Every 15,000 Miles (2 5 000 km): Air Cleaner FilterInspection. if ' driving in dusty conditions. FrontWheel Bearing Repack (2WD only) (or t each brakerelining, whichever occurs f i rs t) .

Every 30,000 M iles (50 000 km): Air Cleaner FilterReplacement. Fuel Filter Replacement.

Every 50,000 Miles (83 000 km): AutomaticTransmission Service (severe conditions only).

Every 60,000 Miles (100 000km): EngineAccessory Drive Belt Inspection. Fuel Tank, Capand Lines Inspection.

Every 100,000 Miles (166 000 km): Spark Plug WireInspection. Spark Plug Replacement. PositiveCrankcase Ventilation (PCV Valve Inspection.

Every 150,000 Miles (240000 km): Cooling SystemService (or every 60 months. whichever occ~lrsirst).

Thc>,vt>f? ter~u l . s ~ l ~ -s ww n c r r i : o 1uc1intem tlce ser\!ic:t>s.

H e ,s11t-~3o o l l o c t - t h e c-omplotemrlirztencrnc'cJ sc*he,dult?



Lubrication (or 3 months. whichever occurs first). DriveAxle Service (or 3 months, whichever occurs first).

on t l ~ ~ ~ . ~ ~ ) l l ~ ) ~ ~ , i ~ l ~ ~clgr.s.

7-5

Maintenance Schedule

I Long Trip/Hiahway Definition

Follow this maintenance schedule on ly if none of theconditions from the Short Trip/City MaintenanceSchedule is true. Do not use this schedule if the vehicleis used for trailer towing, driven in a dusty area or usedoff paved roads. Use the Short Trip/City schedule forthese conditions.

Lone TridHiehwavIntervals

Every 7,500 M iles (12 500 km): Engine Oil and FilterChange (or every 12 months, whichever C ) C C L I ~ Sirst).Chassis Lubrication (or every I2 months, whichevero c c ~ ~ r sirst). Drive Axle Service. Tire Rotation.

Every 30,000 M iles (5 0 000 km): Fuel FilterReplacement. Air Cleaner Filter Replacement. FrontWheel Bearing Repack (2WD only) (or t each brake

relining, whichever occurs first).

Transmission Service (severe conditions only).

Drive Belt Inspection. Fuel Tank, Cap andLines Inspection.

Inspection. Spark Plug Replacement. Positive

Crankcase Ventilation (PCV) Valve Inspection.

Every 150,000 Miles (240 000 km): Cooling SystemService (or every 60 months. whichever occurs first).

Every 50,000 NIiles (8 3 000 km): Automatic

Every 6 0,000 M iles (100 000 km): Engine Accessory

Every 100,000 Miles (166 000 km):Spark Plug Wire



7-6

Short Trip/City Maintenance Schedule

The services shown i n this schedule LIP o 100.000 miles( I66 000 km) should be performed after 100,000 miles( 166000 k m ) at the same intervals. The services shownat 150.000 miles (240000 km) should be performed atthe same interval after 150.000 miles (240000 km).

See "Owner Checks and Services" and "PeriodicMaintenance Inspections" following.

Footnotes

-fThe U.S.Environmental Protection Agency or theCalifornia Air Resources Board has determined that thefailure to perform this maintenance item will not nul l i fy

the emission warranty or limit recall liability prior t o thecompletion of the vehicle's useful life. We. however,urge that a l l recommended maintenance services be

performed at the indicated intervals and the maintenancebe recorded.

## Lubricate the front suspension. ball joints. steeringlinkage and transfer case shift linkage. parkingbrake

+A good time to check your brakes is during tirerotation. See "Brake System Inspection" under "PeriodicMaintenance Inspection" in Part C of this schedule.

'i::k Drive axle service (see Recommended Fluids andLubricants" i n the Index for proper lubricanto use):

0

0

0

Locking Differential -- Drain fluid and refill at firstengine oil change. At subsequent oil changes, check

fluid level and add fluid as needed. If driving industy areas or towing a trailer, drain tluid and refilevery 15,000 miles 2 5 000 km).

Standard Differential -- Check fluid level and addtluid as needed at every oil change. If driving in

dusty areas or towing a trailer, drain fluidand refilevery 15,000miles ( 2 5 000 km).

More frequent lubrication may be required forheavy-duty or off-road use.

1

1



cable guides, propshaft splines. Lulivel-sal joints andbrake pedal springs.

7-7


3,000 Miles (5000 km )

Change engine oil and filter (or every3 months, whichever occurs first).

0 ubricate chassis components(o r every3 months, whichever occurs first).(See footnote#)

0 heck readfront axle luid level and addfluid as needed. Check constant velocityjoints and axle seals for leaking.(See footnote ?)

DATE SERVICED BY:CTUAL MILEAGE

6,000 Miles (10 000 km )

CI Change engine oil and filter (or every3 months, whichever occurs first).A17 Emissiou Colltr-olSar.\.ic.e.

CI Lubricate chassis components (or every3 months, whichever occurs first).(See footnote #)

0 heck readfront axle luid level and addluidas need.ed. Check constant velocityjoints ndaxle seals fo r leaking. (See footnoteT )

0 otate tires. See “Tire Inspection andRotation” in the Index for proper rotationpattern and additional information.(See footnote +.)

I DATE I ACTUAL MILEAGE ISERVICED B Y I



7-8

I Short Trip/City Maintenance Schedule I9,000 Miles (15 000 k m )

0 hange engine oil and filter (or every3 months, whichever occurs first).A H Emissio/1Control Sc> t - \ ! i r - o .

0 ubricate chassis components (or every3 months, whichever occurs first).(See footnote #)

0 heck readfront axle fluid level and addfluid as needed. Check constant velocityjoints and axle seals for leaking.(See footnote Y )

DATE SERVICED BY :C T U A L IC.III,EAGE

12,000 Miles (20 000 km )

0 hange engine oil and filter (or every3 months, whichever occurs first).A t ! Emissio/lControl ScJl-\'ic.c.

0 ubricate chassis components (orevery3 months. whichever occurs first).(See footnote#.)

0 heck rear/front axle fluid level and add

fluid as needed. Check constant velocity.joints and axle seals for leaking.(See footnote '!?)

0 otate tires. See "Tire Inspection andRotation" i n the Index for proper rotationpattern and additional information.(See footnote +.)



7-9

I Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule I

15,000 Miles (25 000 km )

0 hange engine oil and ilter (or every3 months, whichever occursfirst).An Emission Control Service.

0 ubricate chassis components (or every3 months, whichever occurs irst).(See footnote#)

0 nspect air cleaner ilter if you aredriving in dusty conditions. Replace filterif necessary.A n Emission Control Service. (See footnote?.)

0 heck readfront axle fluid level and addfluid as needed. Check constant velocityjoints and axle seals for lealung.(See footnote **.)

0 or Two-Wheel-Drive vehicles only: Cleanand repack the frontwheel bearings (or at

each brake relining, whichever occursirst).

DATE ACTUALILEAGEERVICED B Y



7-10

Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule

18,000 Miles (30 000 k m )

U Luhl-icate chassis components(o r every3 11:r:znths. whichever occurs first).( S c r footnote #.)

0 .’hcxkrear/front axle fluid level and add

I ‘ l r d as needed. Check constant velocityjoinls and axle seals fo r leaking.I Sec: t’ootnote ‘ i c?)

0 vtat-etires. See “Tire Inspection andRt1t;ltion” i n the Index fo r propel- rotationpattern and additional information.(See footnote +.)

21,000 Miles (35 000 km )

0 .ubricatechassis conlponents ( o r every3 months, whichever occurs first).(See footnote #.)

0 heck readfi-ont axle tluid level and ad dfluid a s needed. Check constant velocityjoints and axle seals for leaking.(See footnote ’?)



7-11

I Short Trip/City Maintenance Schedule 124,000 Miles (40 000 km )

0 hange engine oil and filter (o r every3 months, whichever occurs first).A I !Emission Coutrwl Sel-ricc~.

0 ubricate chassis components (or every3 months, whichever occurs first).(See footnote#)


fluid as needed. Check constant velocityjoints and axle seals for leaking.(See footnote:i:?)

0 otate tires. See “Tire Inspection andRotation“ in the Index for proper rotationpattern and additional information.(See footnote+.)

27,000 Miles (45 000 km )

0 hange engine oil and filter (or every3 months, whichever occ~~rsirst).A I ] Eluissiorl Cormnl Set-l+c*e.

0 ubricate chassis components (or every3 months, whichever occ~~rsirst).(See footnote#)

c]Check readfront axle fluid evel and addfluid as needed. Check constant velocityjoints and axle seals for leaking.(See footnote - I - - * * . )

.I. .!-

DATE A C T U A L ICIILEAGE SERVICED BY :




30,000 Miles (50 000 kmj

0 hange engine oil and filter (or every3 months, whichever occurs first).AI! Emiss ionCo1ltrol Scl-\*ic.t..

0 ubricate chassis components ( o r every3 months, whichever occurs first).(See footnote #.)

Check rear/front axle fluid level and addf lu id as needed. Check constant velocityjoints and axle seals for leaking.(See footnote '?)

For Two-Wheel-Drive vehicles only: Cleanand repack th e front wheel bearings (or ateach brake relining, whichever occurs first)

0 eplace fuel filter. A I ! Ellrissiorl Colmol Ser\lir*P.

0 eplace air cleaner filter.,411 EI1lissioII Co nt ro l Se n* ic e.

0 otate tires. See "Tire Inspection andRotation" in th e Index for proper rotation

pattern and additional information.(See footnote+.)

(See footnote?-.)



7-13

I Short Trip/City Maintenance Schedule I33,000 Miles (55 000 k m )

0 hange engine oil and filter (or every3 months, whichever occurs first).An Ernissiorl Control Ser-\?iw.


0 heck readfront axlefluid level and addfluid as needed. Check constant velocityjoints and axle seals for leaking.(See footnote :?)


36,000 Miles (60 000.km)

0 hange engine oil and filter (or every3 months, whichever occurs first).A I ]Emissiou Co1ltml Sen7ic.e.

0 ubricate chassis components (or very3 months, whichever occurs first).(See footnote #)

0 otate tires. See “Tire Inspection and

Rotation” i n the Index for proper rotationpattern and additional information.(See footnote +.)

0 heck readfront axle fluid level and addfluid as needed. Check constant velocityjoints and axle seals for leaking.(See footnote ?)

DATE S E R VI C ED B YCTUAL M I L E A G E



7-14


39,000 Miles (65000 k m )

0 hange engine o i l and filter (or every3 months, whichever occurs first).A I ! El1lission C o ~ l f l - o le r l l i c * c J .


0 heck readfront axle fluid evel and addfluid a s needed. Check constant velocityjoints and axle seals for leaking.(See footnote ‘I:.)

DATE ACTUALILEAGEERVICED BY:

42,000 Miles (70 000 km )

0 hange engineoil and filter (or every3 months, whichever occurs first).A l l EIf1i.v.vim1Co11fl-01el-\licac).

0 ubricate chassis components (or every3 months, whichever occurs first).(See footnote #.>


fluid as needed. Check constant velocityjoints and axle seals for leaking.(See footnote ?)

0 otate tires. See “Tire Inspection andRotation” in the Index for proper rotationpattern and additional information.(See footnote+.)

DATE ACTUAL MILEAGEERVICED BY:



I Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule I45,000 Miles (75000 km )

0 hange engine oil and filter (or every3 months, whichever occurs first).A I IEmissiorl C o t l t ~ dc)I-l.pic*c..

0 ubricate chassis components(.orevery3 months, whichever occurs first).(See footnote#)

0 heck readfront axle luid level and addfluid as needed. Check constant velocityjoints and axle seals for leaking.(See footnote : Y )

0 or Two-Wheel-Drive vehicles only: Cleanand repack the front wheel bearings (or at

each brake relining, whichever occurs first).

driving in dusty conditions. Replace filterif necessary.

A I I / ~ l i . s s i o no l l t l - o lcJl-\!icv.

See footnote?.)

0 nspect air cleaner filter if you are

DATE SERVICED BY:C T U A L MILEAGE



7-16


48,000 Miles (80 000 km )

0 hange engine oil and filter (orevery3 months. whichever occurs first).A n E m i x x i o~ / o r l t d ScJr\,ic*c..

ElLubricate chassis components (or every3 months, whichever occurs first).(See footnote#.)

0 heck rear/f~-ont axle fluidevel and add

fluid as needed. Check constantvelocityjoints and axle seals for leaking.(See footnote -I*-:*.)

0 otate tires. See "Tire Inspection andRotation" i n the Index for proper rotationpattern and additional information.(See footnote+.)

.. ,

DATE SERVICED B YCTUAI, MILEAGE

50,000 Miles (83 000 km )

c]Change automatic transmission fluid andfilter if the vehicle is mainly driven underone or more of these conditions:

- In heavy city traffic where the outsidetemperature regularly reaches 90" F

(32°C) 01- higher.

-

In hilly or mountainous terrain.- When doing frequent trailer towing.

- Uses such as found in taxi. police ordelivery service.

(Continued)



1 Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule I

50,000 Miles (83 000 km ) (Continued)

DATE ACTUAL M I L E A G E SERVICED BY:

51,000 Miles (85000 km )

Change engine oil and filter (or every3 months. whichever occurs first).At1 L=llli.s,sioll Corltl-olSrr\+icc~.

0 ubricate chassis components (or every3 lnonths, whichever occ~11-sirst).(See footnote #)

c]Check rear/front axle f lu id level and addf l u i d as needed. Check constant velocityjoints and axle seals for leaking.(See footnote ’?)

DATE A C T U A L MILEAGEERVICED BY:



7-18

Short TripKity,Maintenance Schedule

54,000 Miles (90 000 km )

0 hange engine oil and filter (orevery3 months, whichever occurs first).A I ]E I I I ~ S S ~ ~ Hontrol Set-\3ice.

0 ubricate chassis components (or every3 months, whichever occurs first).(See footnote# )

0 heck readfront axle fluid level and add

fluid as needed. Check constant velocityjoints and axle seals for leaking.(See footnote ?)


57,000 Miles (95 000 km )

0 hange engine oil and filter (or every3 months, whichever occurs first).A l l Ef11ixsio11 Co111rol Scr-r*icx).

0 ubricate chassis components (or every3 months, whichever occurs first).(See footnote #.)

0 heck rear/fmnt axle fluid evel and addfluid a s needed. Check constant velocityjoints and axle seals for leaking.(See footnote ‘I?)

I I 1



7-19

60,000 Miles (100 000 km )

0 hange engine oil and filter (or every3 months, whichever occurs first).A n E m i s s i o ~ o r z t d S e ni c- e.


0 heck readfront axle luid level and addfluid as needed. Check constant velocityjoints and axle seals for leaking.(See footnote :Y j

0 or Two-Wheel-Drive vehicles only: Cleanand repack the front wheel bearings (or ateach brake relining, whichever occurs first).

0 nspect engine accessory drive belt.

Replace fuel filter. Ar? Emissioll C o m d Srl- l!ic*c) .

(See footnote?.)

0 eplace air cleanerfilter.

0 nspect f~lelank, cap and lines for damageor leaks. Inspect fuel cap gasket for anydarnage. Replace parts as needed.AI? ~ m i s s i o ~ ~o m o 1yc.rllic.c.. (See footnote?.)


AI! Emissior~Col1tr-01et-1tic.c..

DATE SERVICED BY :C T U A L ICIT1,EAGE

Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule*



7-20


63,000 Miles (105 000 km )

0 hange engine oil and filter (or every3 months, whichever occurs first).A n EII1i.Ysion Corltml Set-\lic*c).

0 ubricate chassis components (or every3 months, whichever occurs first).

(See footnote #)

0 heck readfront axlefluid level and addfluid as needed. Check constant velocityjoints and axle seals for leaking.(See footnote ‘?)

DATE SERVICED B YCTUAL MILEAGE

66,000 Miles (110 000 km )

0 hange engineoil and filter (o r every3 months, whichever occurs first).A n Emissiot2 Cofl trol Service.


0 heck readfront axle fluid levelnd add

fluid as needed. Check constant velocityjoints and axle seals for leaking.(See footnote‘M .)

0 otate tires. See “Tire Inspection andRotation” in the Index for proper otationpattern and additional information.(See footnote +.)

I DATE I ACTUALMILEAGE ISERVICED B Y



7-21

I Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule I

49,000 Miles (115 000 k t )

Change engine oil and filter (or every3 months, whichever occurs first).


0 heck readfront axle fluid level and addfluid as needed. Check constant velocityjoints and axle seals for leaking.(See footnote *?)

72,000Miles (120 000 km )

0 hange engine oil and filter (or every3 months, whichever occurs first).AH Eruixvioll Control Service.



fluid as needed. Check constant velocityjoints and axle seals for leaking.(See footnote





7-22

75,000Miles (125 000 km )

0 hange engine oil and filter (or every3 months, whichever occurs first).A I IEmissiotl Control Service.

Lubricate chassis components (or every3 months, whichever occurs first).(See footnote #)

For Two-Wheel-Drive vehicles only: Cleanand repack the front wheel bearings (or ateach brake relining, whichever occurs first).

driving in dusty conditions. Replace filterif necessary.An Emission Com-olSel-\+c*r. See footnote?.)

0 nspect air cleaner filter f you are

ElCheck readfront axle fluid level nd addfluid as needed. Check constant velocityjoints and axle seals for leaking.(See footnote ?)


SERVICED B Y



7-23


78,000Miles (130 000 km )

0 hange engine oil and filter (or every3 months, whichever occurs first).An Emission Control Service.

Lubricate chassis components (orevery3 months, whichever occurs first).(See footnote #)


fluid as needed. Check constant velocityjoints and axle seals for leaking.(See footnote** )


81,000 Miles (135 000 km )

0 hange engine oil and filter (or every3 months, whichever occurs first).

0 ubricate chassis components (or very3 months, whichever occurs first).(See footnote#)

0 heck readfront axle fluidevel and addfluid as needed. Check constant velocityjoints and axle seals for leaking.(See footnote ‘V )




7-24

I Short Trip/City Maintenance Schedule I_ _ ~ ~ ~~

84,000 Miles (140 000 km )

Change engine oil and filter (or every3 months, whichever occurs first).A 1 Ev1i.vsiou Co17trolSel-\.icc.



fluid as needed. Check constant velocityjoints and axle seals for leaking.(See footnote ‘?)

Rotate tires. See ‘‘Til-e Inspection andRotation” in the Index for proper rotationpattern and additional information.(See footnote +.)

87,000 Miles (145 000 km )

Change engine oil and filter (or every3 months, whichever occurs first).A I IEmi.wiol1 C ontro l Ser-l~ict~.

0 ubricate chassis components (or every3 months, whichever occurs first).(See footnote#.>

[I1Check readfront axle fluid evel and addfluid a s needed. Check constant velocityjoints and axle seals for leaking.(See footnote I + - . )

.< .!.



7-25

I Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule I90,000 Miles (150 000 km )

0 hange engineoil and filter (or every3 months, whkhever occurs first).An Emissiorz Contr-olScr.1)ic.c.


0heck readfront axle fluid level and addfluid as needed. Check constant velocity

joints and axle seals for leaking.(See footnote a‘i:.>


0 eplace fuel filter.

0 eplace air cleaner filter.

0 otate tires. See “Tire Inspection andRotation” in the Index for proper rotation

pattern and additional information.(See footnote+.)

A } ! Emissioll com.c>/urljic*c. (See footnote?.)

Ai1 Emissiorl C o r l f r . 0 1 Senkc).

DATE SERVICED B YCTUAL R/III,EAGE



7-26


93,000 Miles (155 000 km )

0 hange engine oil and filter (or every3 months, whichever occurs first).A r r E ul iL~s io r ~orltrnl .Sor-\tic.c).

0 ubricate chassis components (or every3 months, whichever occurs f irs t) .

(See footnote #.)

0 heck rear/front axle fluid level and addfluid as needed. Check constant velocityjoints and axle seals for leaking.(See footnote ‘?)

96,000 Miles (160 000 km )

0 hange engine oil and filter (or every3 months. whichever occurs first).A n Eu/issior1 CofztrwlSer-ljice.

0 ubricate chassis components (o r every3 months. whichever occurs first).(See footnote #)


fluid as needed. Check constant velocityjoints and axle seals for leaking.(See footnote ’V )

0 otate tires. See “Tire Inspection andRotation” in the Index .forproper rotationpattern and additional information.(See footnote +.)

DATE ACTUAL NIII,EAG;E SERVICED B Y



I Short TripKity Maintenance Schedule I99,OP‘ “fles 165 000 km )

0 hange engine oil and filter (or every3 months, whichever occurs first).AHEmissiotl Control Sc-’t*vic*c-’.

0 ubricate chassis components (or every3 months, whichever occurs first).(See footnote #)

0 heck readfront axle fluid level and addfluid as needed. Check constant velocityjoints and axle seals for leaking.(See footnote ‘Y )


100,000Miles (166 000kin)

0 nspect spark plug wires.A I ] E1uissiorl C m d ewic*o.

0 eplace spark plugs.

0 hange automatic transmission fluid andfilter if the vehicle is mainly driven under

one or moreof

these conditions:- In heavy city traffic where the outside

temperature regularly reaches 90O F

(32°C) or higher.

Au E m i s s i o ~ ~o~1trol erl7ic-e.

- I n hilly or mountainous terrain.



7-28


- When doing frequent trailer towing.- Uses such as found in taxi, police or

0

150,000 Miles (240 000 km )

0 rain, flush and refill cooling system( o r every 60 months since last service,whichever occurs first). See “EngineCoolant’’ n the Index for what to use.Inspect hoses. Clean radiator, condenser,pressure cap and neck. Pressure testcooling system and pre.ssure cap.

A r r E/)1i.stsior1Corllrol ScJr*lsic*cJ.



7-29

I Long Trip/Highway Maintenance Schedule

The services shown i n this schedule u p to 100,000miles( I66 000 km) should be performed after 100,000miles( 166000 km) at the same intervals. The services shownat 150,000miles (240 000 km) should be performed atthe same interval after 150,000miles (240 000 km).

See "Owner Checks and Services" and "PeriodicMaintenance Inspections'' following.

Footnotes

3 The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency 01- heCalifornia Air Resources Board has determined that thefailure to perform this maintenance item will not nul l i fy

the emission warranty or limit recall liability prior to thecompletion of the vehicle's useful life. We, however,urge that all recommended maintenance services beperformed at the indicated intervals and the maintenancebe recorded.

#Lubricate Ihe front suspension, ball joints, steeringlinkage and transfer case shift linkage, parking brakecable guides, propshaft splines, universal joints andbrake pedal springs.

+A good time to check your brakes is during tirerotation. See "Brake System Inspection'' under "PeriodicMaintenance Inspections" i n Part C of this schedule.

Drive axle service (see "Recommended Fluids andLubricants" in the Index for proper lubricant to use):

0 Locking Differential -- Drain fluid and refill at firstengine oil change. At subsequent oil changes, checkfluid level and add fluid as needed.

0 Standard Differential -- Check fluid level and addfluid as needed at every engine oil change.

More frequent lubrication may be required forheavy-duty or off-road use.



7-30

I Long Tripmighway Maintenance Schedule I

7,500Miles (12 500 km )

Change engine oiland filter (or every12months, whichever occurs first).

0 ubricate chassis components (or everyI 2 months, whichever occurs first).(See footnote#)

0 heck readfront axle fluid evel and addfluid as needed. Check constant velocityjoints and axle seals for leaking.(See footnote *+)

A H E~l l i s s i onCor?trolS e r v i w .




7-31

I Long Tripmighway Maintenance Schedule 1

15,000 Miles (25 000 km )

0 hange engine oil and filter (or every12 months, whichever occurs first).A I?Emissiorl Control Scr.viw.


0 heck readfront axle fluid level and addfluid as needed. Check constant velocityjoints and axle seals for leaking.(See footnote ‘V )

0 otate tires. See “Tire Inspection andRotation’’ in the Index for proper rotationpattern and additional information.(See footnote +.)



7-32

I Long Trip/Highway Maintenance Schedule 122,500 Miles (37 500 k m )

0 hange engineoil and filter (or every12 months, whichever occurs first).

0 ubricate chassis components (or every12 months, whichever occurs first) .

(See footnote#.)

0 heck readfront axlefluid level and addfluid as needed. Check constantvelocityjoints and axle seals for leaking.(See footnote I”k. )

An Emission Co11tt-oIService.


I I I 1

DATE:



7-33

1. Long Trip/Highway Maintenance Schedule

30,000 Miles (50 000 km )


0 ubricate chassis components(or every12 months, whichever O C C L I ~ Sirst).(See footnote#.)

0 heck rear/front axle f luid level and addfluid as needed. Check constant velocityjoints and axle seals for leaking.(See footnote :!+:.)


AI?EIuission Cof1trol Sur1:ic-e.

0 otate tires. See "Tire Inspection andRotation" in the Index for proper rotationpattern and additional information.(See footnote +.)

0 eplace fuel filter.A I ! E / ~ / i , s x i o / ~oIItroI Sol-\*icv.(See footnote?.)

0 eplace air cleaner filter.A I IEnlissiorl Coutrol S'or1~iw.

ACTUAL MILEAGE SERVICED B Y



7-34

I Long Trip/Highway Maintenance Schedule I

37,500 Miles (62 500 km )

[7 Change engine oil and filter (or every12 months, whichever occurs first).A17 E/llis.violl Conttnl S o r l ~ i c x ~ .



f lu id as needed. Check constant velocityjoints a n d axle seals for leaking.(See footnote :? j

0 otate t~res. ee "Tire Inspection andRotation" in the Index for proper rotationpattern and additional information.(See footnote +.

DATE ACTUAL LIILEAGE S E R VI C ED B Y



7-35

I Long Tripmighway Maintenance Schedule

45,000 Miles (75 000km )

0 hange engineoil and filter (or every12 months, whichever occurs first).

0 ubricate chassis components (orevery12 months, whichever occurs first).(See footnote #)

0 heck readfront axle fluid level and addfluid as needed. Check constant velocityjoints and axle seals for leaking.(See footnote : Y)




7-36

I LongTripmighwayMaintenanceSchedule I50,000 Miles (83 000 km )

0 hange automatic transmission fluidandfilter if the vehicle is mainly driven underone or moreof these conditions:

- In heavy city traffic where the outsidetemperature regularly reaches 0OF(32°C) orhigher.

- In hilly or mountainous terrain.

- When'doing frequent trailer towing.

- Uses such as found in taxi, police ordelivery service.

I f you do not use your vehicle under any ofthese conditions, the fluid and filter do not

require changing.

Manual transmission fluid doesn'trequire change.

DATE ACTUALILEAGEERVICED B Y



7-37

~ -ongTrip/Highway-- m aintenanceSchedule 152,500 Miles (87 500 km )

0 hange engine oil and filter (or every12 months, whichever occurs first).An Emissiou Corztml S e r \ ~ i t . o .

0 ubricate chassis components (o r every12 months, whichever OCCUTS first).(See footnote#.)


fluid as needed. Check constant velocityjoints and axle seals for leaking.(See footnote'H .)

0 otate tires. See "Tire Inspection andRotation" i n the Index for proper rotationpattern and additional information.(See footnote +.)



7-3s

Long Tripmighway Maintenance Schedule

60,000 Miles (100 000 km )

0 hange engine oil and filter ( o r every12 months, whichever occurs first).

0 dxicate chassis components (or every12 nwnths. whichever occurs first).(See footnote #.)

0 heck rear/front axle t luid level and add

fluid as needed. Check constant velocityjoints and axle seals for leaking.(See footnote ‘!?)

U For Two-Wheel-Drive vehicles on ly : Cleanand repack the front wheel bearings (or at

each brake relining, whichever occurs first).

0 otate tires. See “Tire Inspection andRotation” in the Index for proper rotationpattern and additional information.(See footnote +.)

0 nspect engine accessory drive belt.

A I ) Emission Conttul SC.I.I-~CV.



7-39

I Long TripMighway Maintenance Schedule

67,500 Miles (112 500 km )

0 hange engineoil and filter (or every12months, whichever occurs first).

17Lubricate chassis components(or every12 months, whichever occurs first).(See footnote#)

0 heck redfront axle fluid level and addfluid as needed. Check constant velocityjoints and axle seals for leaking.(See footnote 2:’!:.)

A il Elnissior.2 Con trol Serv ice.


DATE SERVICED BY:CTUAL klI1,EAGE



7-40


75,000Miles (125 000 km )

0 hange engine oil and filter (orvery12 months, whichever occurs first).

0 ubricate chassis components (or every12months, whichever occurs first).(See footnote#)

0 heck readfront axle fluidevel and add

fluid as needed. Check constant velocityjoints and axle seals for leaking.(See footnote**.)

An Emission Control Service.





7-41

I Long Trip/Highway Maintenance Schedule

82,500 Miles (137 500 km )


Lubricate chassis components (or everyI2 months, whichever occurs first).(See footnote #)

0 heck rear/front axle fluid level and addfluid as needed. Check constant velocityjoints and axle seals for leaking.(See foot.note ‘?)

An Emissior~ orztrol Se~-vico.

0 otate tires. See “Tire Inspection andRotation” i n the Index for proper rotationpattern and additional information.(See footnote +.



7-42

1 Long Tripmighway Maintenance Schedule

90,000 Miles (150 000 km )

0 hange engine oil and filter (or every12 months. whichever occurs first).,417 En1i.r.rio1l Colltrol Se/-\sic.c.).

U Lubricate chassis co~nponents (orvery12 months, whichever occurs first).(See footnote #

0 heck rear/ft-ont axle fluid level and add

fluid as needed. Check constant velocityjoints and axle seals for leaking.(See footnote ‘ w .

0 or Two-Wheel-Drive vehicles only: Cleanand repack the ,front wheel bearings (o r ateach brake relining. whiche.ver occurs first).

0 eplace fuel filter.

Replace air cleaner filter.

0 otate tires. See “Tire Inspection andRotation” in the Index for proper rotationpattern and additional information.

(Se.e footnote +.)

A ! ! ~ / n i , s s i o / 7 O/7tw/Ser\>ice.(See footnote+*.)

A H Emissiott C o l l t t n l Sc.l-\.icc>.

DL4TE SEKVICED BY :CTUAL k1ILEAGE

7-43




97,500 Miles (162 500 km )


0 ubricate chassis components (or everyI2 montl1s, whichever occurs first).(See footnote #.)


fluid as needed. Check constant velocityjoints and axle seals for leaking.(See fiwtnote ’?)

0 otate tires. See “Tire Inspection andRotation” in the Index for proper rotationpattern and additional inforrnation.(See footnote +.)

AH E111issio/l Control Sol -~~ ic .o .

DATE SI<KVICKI) IW:C T U A L i m , r < A m

100,000Miles (166 000 km )

Change automatic transmission fluid andfi1te.r if the vehicle is mainly driven underone o r more of these conditions:

- I n heavy city traffic where the outsidetemperature regularly reaches 90”F(32OC)o r higher.

- I n hilly or nlountainous terrain.

- When doing frequent trailer towing.

- Uses such as found i n taxi, police o r

delivery service.



7-44

I Long Tripmighway Maintenance Schedule I

I I I 1

150,000 Miles (240 000 km )

0 rain, flush and refill cooling system(or every 60 months since last service,whichever occurs first). See “EngineCoolant” in the Index for what to use.Inspect hoses. Clean radiator, condenser.pressure cap and neck. Pressure testthe cooling system and pressure cap.A I I

EmissioI1 Cot1trol Sc)rljiw.

7-45



Part B: Owner Checks and Services

Listed below are owner checks and serviceswhichshould be performed at the intervals specified o helpensure the safety, dependability and emission controlnerft. - .nance of your vehicle.

~e sure any necessary repairs are completed at once.Whenever any fluids or lubricants are added o yourvehicle, make sure they are the proper ones, as hown i n

Part D.

A t Each Fuel Fill

Engine Oil Level Check

Check th e engine o i l level and add the proper o i l if

necessary. See "Engine Oil" in the Index forfurther details.

Engine Coolant Level Check

Check the emgine coolant level and add DEX-COOL@coolant mix i f necessary. See "Engine Coolant" i n theIndex for further details.

Windshield Washer Fluid Level CheckCheck the windshield washer fluid le\:el i n thewinclshield washer tank and acid the proper f luid if

necessary. See "Windshield Washer Fluid" i n the Indexfor further details.

At Least Once a Month

Tire Inflation CheckMake sure tires are inflated t o the correct pressures. See"Tires" in the Index for further details.

Cassette Deck Service

Clean cassette deck. Cleaning s lwuld be done everySO hours o f tape play. See "Audio Systems" in theIndex for further details.



7-46

At Least Twicea Year Automatic Transmission Check

Check the transmission fluid level: add if needed. See"Automatic Transmission" i n the Index. A fluid lossmay indicate a problem. Check the system and repairif needed.

Restraint System Check

Make sure the safety belt reminder light and all yourbelts. buckles, latch plates, retractors and anchorages are

working properly. Look fo r any other loose or damagedsafety belt system parts. If you see anything that mightkeep a safety belt system from doing its .job, have it

repaired. Have any torn or frayed safety belts replaced.

Also look. for a n y c.)penedor broken air bag covers, andhave them repaired or replaced. (The air bag systemdoes not need regular maintenance.)

Wiper Blade CheckInspect wiper blades for ~vear r cracking. Replace bladeinserts that appear worn or damaged or that streak ormiss areas of the windshield. Also see "Wiper Blades.Cleaning" in the Index.

Manual Transmission Check

Check the transmission fluid level; add if needed. See"Manual Transmission" in the Index. Check for leaks.A fluid loss I T I ~ ~ndicate a problem. Have the systeminspected and repaired if needed.

Hydraulic Clutch System Check

Check the fluid level in the clutch reservoir. See"Hydraulic Clutch Fluid" i n the Index. A fluid loss in

this system could indicate a problem. Have the systeminspected and repaired at once.

At Least Once a Year

Key Lock Cylinders Service

Lubricate the key lock cylinders with the lubricantspecified in Part D.

Body Lubrication Service

Lubricate all body door and fuel door hinges, rearcompartment hinges, latches and locks including the

moving seat hardware. Lubricate the hood safety leverpivot and prop rod pivot. Part D tells you what to use.More frequent lubrication m ay be required whenexposed to a corrosive environment.

trlove box, console doors and the body hood and any

7-47



Starter Switch Check

CAUTION:-- -

!hen you are do ing this check, the vehicle could

nlove suddenly. If i t does, you or others cou ld be

injured. Follow the steps below.

Brake-Transmission Shift Interlock (BTSI) C heck(Automatic Transm ission)

1. Before you start, be sure you have enough roomaround the vehicle.

2. Firmly apply both the parking brake (see "Parking

B~-ake"n the Index if necessary) a n d the regular l m k e .

NOTE: Do not use the accelerator pedal. and beready to turn off the engine immediately i f i t skirts.

3 . On automatic transmission vehicles. try to start theengine i n each gear. The starter should work o n l y i n

PARK (P ) or NEUTRAL (N) . I f the starter works i nany other position, your vehicle eeds service.

On lnanual transmission vehicles, put the shift lcvcrin NEUTRAL ( N ) , push the cl~ltch own half\1;ayand try to start the engine. The starter should workonly when the clutch is pushed down a l l th e w ay t o

the floor. If the starter works when the clutch isn.1

pushed a l l the waydown. your vehicle needs service.

IA CAUTI-N:

- --hen you are doing this check, the vehicle could

move suddenly. If it does, you or others could be

injured. Follow the steps below.

1 .

2.

3 .

Before you start, be sure yo~l ave enough roomaround the vehicle. I t should be parked on a

level s~ ~ ri - ~x e,Firmly apply the parking brake (see "Parking Brake"i n the Index if necessary).

NOTE: Be ready to apply the regular brakeimmediately if the vehicle begins to move.

With thc engine off. turn the key to the R U N

position, but don't start the engine. Without applying

the regular brake, try t o move the shift lever out ofPARK (P)w i t h normal effort. If the shift levermoves o u t of PARK (P) . your vehicle's BTSIntxds service.

7-48



Ignition Transmission Lock Check

While parked, and with the parking brake set, try to turnthe ignition key to LOCK i n ex11 shift lever position.

0 With an automatic transmission. the key should turnto LOCK only when the shift lever is i n PARK ( P ) .

With a manual transmission, the key should turn t o

LOCK only when the shift lever is in REVERSE ( R) .

On vehicles with a key release button, try to t u rn the keyto LOCK witl~out ressing the button. The key shouldturn t o LOCK only when you press the key button.

On all ve.hicles, the key should come o u t only i n LOCK.

Parking Brake and Automatic TransmissionPARK (P) Mechanism Check

CAUTION:

--When you are doing this check, yourehicle

could begin tomove. You or others ould be

injured and property could e damaged. Make

sure there is room in front of your vehicle in case

it begins to oll. Be ready to apply the regular

brake at once should the vehicle begino move.

Park on a fairly steep hill. w i t h the vehicle facingdownhill. Keeping your foo t on the regular brake. set theparki ngbrake.

e To check the parking brake's holding ability:With the engine running and transmission n

NEUTRAL (N) . lowly remove foot pressure fromthe regular brake pedal. Do this unt i l the vehicle is

held by the parking brake only.e To check the PARK (P)meohanisrn's holding ability:

With the engine running, shift to PARK (P).Thenrelease a l brakes.

7-49



Part C: Periodic Maintenance

Inspections

Listed below are inspections and services which shouldbe performed at least twice a year (for instance. eachspring and fall). You should let your G M dealer's

service department or other qualified service center d o

these jobs. Make sure any necessary repairs arecompleted a t once.

Proper procedures to perform these services may befound in a GM service nnanual. See "Service and OwnerPublications" i n the Index.

Steering, Suspension and Front Drive AxleBoot and Seal Inspection

Inspect the front and rear suspension and steeringsystem for damaged. loose or missing parts, signs of

wear o r lack of lubrication. Inspect the power steeringlines and hoses for proper hook-up, binding, leaks,cracks, chafing, etc.Clean and then inspect the driveaxle boot seals for damage, tears or leakage. Replace

seals if necessary.

Exhaust System Inspection

Inspect the complete exhaust system. nspect the body

near the exhaust system. Look for broken, damaged,missing or out-of-position parts a s well as open seams,holes. loose connections or other conditions which could

cause a heat build-up i n the floor pan or could letexhaust fumes into the vehicle. See "Engine Exhaust" in

the Index.

Radiator and Heater Hose Inspection

Inspect the hoses and have them replaced if they arecracked. swollen or deteriorated. Inspect a l l pipes,fittings and clamps; replace a s needed.

Throttle Linkage Inspection

Inspect the throttle linkage for interference or binding,and for damage ormissing parts. Replace parts a s

needed. Replace a n y cables that have high effort orexcessi\.e wear. Do no t lubricate accelerator and cruisecontrol cables.

7-50



Drive Axle Service

Check rear/front axle fluid l e ~ ~ e lnd add a s needed.Check constant velocity .joints and axle seals for leaking.

Transfer Case (All-Wheel Drive) Inspection

Every 12 months or a t oil cl~angentervals. check frontaxle and transfer case and add lubricantwhen necessary.Check vent hose at transfer case for kinks andproper installation.

Transfer Case (Four-wheel Drive)Inspection

Every 12 months or at o i l change intervals, check frontaxle and transfer caseand add lubricant when necessary.Check vent hose at transfer case for kinks and properinstallation. More frequent lubrication may be requiredon off-~-oad se.

Brake System Inspection (Two-Wheel andFour-wheel Drive)

Inspect the complete system. Inspect brake lines andhoses for proper hook-up, binding. eaks. cracks.chafing. etc. Inspect disc brake pads for wear and rotors

for surface condition.Also inspect drum brake liningsfor wear and cracks. Inspect other brake parts, includingdrums. wl~eel ylinders. calipers. parking brake, etc.Check parking brake adjustment. Yo u may need to haveyour brakes inspected more often if your driving habitsor conditions result i n freq~~entraking.

Brake System Inspection (All-Wheel-Drive)

Inspect the complete system. Inspect brake lines andhoses for proper hook-up, binding. leaks, cracks.chafing. etc. Inspect disc brake pads forwear and rotorsfor surface condition. Inspect other brake parts,including calipers. parking brake.etc. Check parkingbrake adjustment.You n~ ay eed to have your brakesinspected more often if yo11r driving habits or conditionsresult i n freyuent braking.



Part D: Recommended Fluids and

Lubricants

NOTE: Fluids and lubricants identified below by name.part number or specification may be obtained from yourGM dealer.

USAGE

ine Oil

Engine Coolant

FLUIDLUBRICANT

Engine oil with the AmericanPetroleum Institute Certified ForGasoline Engines "Starburst"symbol of the proper viscosity. Todetermine the preferred viscosity

for your vehicle's engine. see"Engine Oil" in the Index.

50/50 mixture of clean water(preferably distilled) and L I S ~nlyGM Goodwrench@ DEX-COOLM

or Havoline@ DEX-COOL"coolant. See "Engine Coolant.' in

the Index.

USAGE

CoolantSupplementSealer

Hydraulic BrakeSystem

Hydraulic ClutchSystem

Parking Brake

Cable Guides

Power SteeringSystem

FI,UID/LUBRICANT

GM Part No. 3634621 orequivalent with a complete flushand refill.

Delco Supreme 1 I @ Brake Fluid(GM Part N o. 12377967 01 -

equivalent DOT-3 brake fluid).

Hydraulic Clutch Fluid (G M PartN o . 12345347 o r equivalentDOT-3 brake fluid).

Chassis lubricant (GM Part

N o . 12377985 o r equivalent) orlubricant meeting requirementso f NLGI #2,Category LBor GC- LB .

GM Power Steering Fluid (GMPart No. 1052884 - 1 pint,I0500 17 - 1 quart, or equivalent).

7-52



USAGE

ManualTransmission

AutomaticTransmission

Key LockCylinders

ChassisLubrication

Front WheelBearings

Differential,

Front and RearAxle

FLUID/LUBRICANT

Synchromesh TransmissionFluid (GM Part No. 12345349or equivalent).

DEXRON@-I11AutomaticTransmission Fluid.

Multi-Pu ose lubricant,Superlube%GM PartNo. 12346241 or equivalent).

Chassis lubricant (GM PartNo. 12377985 or equivalent) or

lubricant meeting requirementsof NLGI #2, Category LBor GC-LB .

Wheel bearing lubricant meetingrequirements of NLGI #2,Category GC or GC-LB (G M PartNo. 105 1344 or equivalent).

Axle Lubricant (GM Part

No. 1052271) or SAE80W-90GL-5 Gear Lubricant.

USAGE

Transfer Case

Windshield

Washer Solvent

Transfer Case

Shift Lever,Propeller ShaftSlip Splines andUniversal Joints

Clutch Pushrodto Clutch Fork

Joint

ConstantVelocityUniversal Joint

FLUIDLUBRICANT

DEXR0N'-111 AutomaticTransmission Fluid.

GM Optikleen@Washer

Solvent (G M Part No. 10515 15or equivalent.

Chassis lubricant (GM PartNo. 12377985 or equivalent) orlubricant meeting requirementsof NLGI #2, Category LBOF GC-LB.

Chassis lubricant (GM PartNo. 12377985 or equivalent) orlubricant meeting requirementsof NLGI ## 2, Category LBor GC-LB.

Chassis lubricant (GM PartNo. 12377985 or equivalent) orlubricant meeting requirementsof NLGI ## 2, Category LB01- GC-LB.

7-53



USAGE

Mood LatchAssembly,Pivots. SpringAnchor andRelease Pawl

Hood andDoor Hinges

TailgateMounted SpareTire Carrier (i f

equipped), OuterTailgate HandlePivot Points andHinges

FLUID/LUBRICANT

Lubriplate lubricant aerosol

(GM Part No. 12346393 orequivalent)or lubricant meetingrequirements of NLGT #2.

Category LB or GC-LB.

Multi-purpose lubricant,Superlube' (GM PartNo. 12346241 or equivalent).

Multi-purpose lubricant,Superlube' (GM PartNo. 12346241 or equivalent).

USAGE FLUID/LUBRICANT

Weatherstrip

Multi-purpose lubricant,eatl~erstrip

Part N o . 12345579 o r equivalent).onditioning

Dielectric Silicone Grease(CM

Squeaks Superlube' ( G M PartNo. 12346241 or equivalent).

See "Replacenlent Parts" i n the Index fo r recomtnendedreplacenxmt filters, valves and spark pl ~~ g s .

7-54



Part E: Maintenance RecordAfter the scheduled services are performed, record the

date, odo~neter readingnd w l m performed the servicei n the boxes provided after the maintenance interval.A n y additional information f r o m "Owner Checks and

Services" or "Periodic Maintenance" can be added onthe following record pages. Also. you should retain a l l

maintenance receipts. Your owner information portfoliois a convenient place to store them.

~ ~ ~

Maintenance Record- . _ _

ODOMETERDATE MAINTENANCE PERFORMEDERVICED B YEADING

7-55



Maintenance Record

I I ODOMETER I IDATE READING SERVICED BY MAINTENANCE PERFORMED

7-56



Section 8 Customer Assistance Information

'Warranty InformationReporting Safety Defects o the united StatesReporting Safety Defects o CanadaReporting Safety Defectso General MotorsOrdering Service Publications in CanadaHow to Order Service Publications

Order Form for Service Publications

Here you will find out how to contact GMCf you need assistance. This section alsoells you how to obtain service

publications andhow to report any safety defects.

8-2 Customeratisfactionrocedure8-10-4 AddressorWritingoGMC8- 10

8-9 BBB Autolinenformation8-13-8MCourtesyransportation

8-12-7anadianoadsidessistance8-11-5PhoneNumberorRoadsideAssistance8-11-5MCoadsidessistance8-11-4Assistance or Text Telephone (TTY) Users

8-1



CustomerSatisfactionProcedure G M C dealers havehe facilities, trained technicians andup-to-date infcm~ationo promptly address anyconcerns you may have. However, if a concern has notbeen resolved to your complete satisfaction, take thefollowing steps:

STEP O N E -- Discuss your concern with amember 0 1 clealership Inanagernent. Normally, concernscan be quickly resolved at that level. If the matter hasalready been reviewed with the Sales. Service or PartsManager, contact the owner of the dealership or theGeneral Manager.

8-2



0 I n Puerto Rico: 1-800-496-9992 (English)o r

1-800-496-9993 (Spanish)

8-3



For prompt assistance, pleaseave the following informationavailable to give theCustomer Assistance Representative:

Your name, address, home and businesstelephone numbers

Vehicle Identification Number (This is available

from the vehicle registration or title, or th e plate atthe top left of the instrument panel and visiblethrough th e windshield.)

Dealership name. and location

Vehicle delivery date and present mileage

Nature of concern

We encourage you t o call us so we can give your inquiryprompt attention. However, if you wish to write GMC,address your inquiry to:

GMC Customer Assistance3 1 E. Judson Street 1607-04Pontiac, MI 48342-2230

In Canada, write to:

General Motors o f Canada LimitedCustomer Communication Centre, 163-005

1908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa. Ontario L 1H 8P7

Refer to your Warranty andOwner Assistance Informationbooklet for addresses of GM Overseas offices.

When contacting GMC, please remember that your concewill likely be resolved in the dealership, using the dealer’sfacilities, equipment and personnel. That iswhy we suggest

you follow Step One first f you have a concern.

Customer Assistance for Text

Telephone (TTY) Users

To assist customers who are deaf,hard of hearing,or speech-impaired and who use Text Telephones(TTYs), GMChas TTY equipment availableat its Customer Assistance Center. Any TTY

user can communicate with GMC by dialing:1-800-GMC-8583. (TTY users in Canada candial 1-800-263-3830.)

8-4



Roadside Assistance

GMC's Roadside Assistance provides stranded ownerswith over-the-phone roadside repairs, location of thenearest G M C dealer or the following special services:

FlLlt Tiw Chmg~?:nstallation of spare tire will becovered at no charge (customer is responsible fo r repairor replacement of tire).

Fl.{t?ID t ~ l i w q l :Delivery of enough fuel for the customerto get to the nearest service station (up to $4.00) will

be covered.J u q ? Sturt: No-start situations which require a batteryjump start will be covered at no charge.

Lock Out: Replacement keys or locksmith service willbe covered at no charge if you are unable to gain entryinto your vehicle. Delivery of the replacement key willbe covered at no charge within 10 miles ( 1 6 km).

Et7.2et-go12~~inl?ir.zgScrvice: Towing to the nearestG M C deaier for warranty related disablements willbe covered.



I ) r lu .~c~ip Rozttiqq: Custo~~l-~made,omputerizedmaps using the most direct or scenic route arc providedfree of charge. Maps include points o f interest and listGMC dealers along the route. Trip Routing also includesa national hotel discount book and a book of coupons.State and local maps available upon request. Please

be prepared to furnish your Vehicle Iden~iicationNumber (VIN) .

Trip IIlter1-uption , 4 , s s i s t u ~ 1 ~ ~ ~ :MC wilt I-cimburseany

reasonable trip interruption expenses (up to $500.00)

when directly associated with warranty clisablement. TripInterruption service covers expenses such ;IS meals and

overnight lodging if vehicle disablement o c c ~ ~ r st Icast

1SO miles (240 km ) from your home or rental property.Plcw s c Norc: you wil l be required to obrain prior-

approval from G M C Roadside Assistance and pay for

expenses at the time 01disablement. Original receiptsshould be submitted to GMC Roadside Assistance fo r

reimbursement. A service representative w i l l provideassistance when you call.

The Roadside Assistance services listed are availableto retail and retail lease customers operating 1997 GMClight duty trucks for a period of 3 years/36.000 miles(60000 km). All services must be pre-arranged byG M C Roadside Assistance.

Over-the-phone assistance. such a s providing the nameof the closest dealer o r minor- technical advice. etc. , is

available t o a l l owner/operators of GMC trucks,regardless o f vehicle or mileage.

8-6



Just dial GMC Roadside Assistance a t

1 -800-GMC-8782 ( 1-800-462-8782, RoadsideAssistance l:,romj,t j t o reach a qualified representativew h o can assist you.

Your Roadside Assistance representative will ask for the

following information when your call is received:VehicleIclentification Numbcr ( V I N )

Canadian Roadside Assistance

Vehicles purchased i n Canada have an extensiveRoadside Assistance program accessible f r o m anywherei n Canada o r the United States. Please refer to theseparate brochure pro\iided by the dealer or call1-800-268-6800 for emergency ser\:ices.

8-7



Courtesy Transportation

GMC Commitment Plus offers courtesy transportationfor customers when obtaining warranty service.

This program is offered in conjunction with the3 year/36,000 mile (60 000 k m j Bumper to Bumper

New Vehicle Limited Warranty.Courtesy transportation includes:

One way shuttle ride from the dealership (u p to10 miles (16 km)) for same-day warranty repairs.

0 A loaner vehicle will be made available for overnightwarranty repairs up to a five day rnaximum, or LI P to a

$30 allowance for a rental vehicle, cab. bus or other

transportation in lieu of a loaner. (Bringing vehicles inlate in the day, for service on the next day, l c l c ~ s o t

constitute overnight repairs.)

Gas allowance of up to $10 a day for rides providedby another person (i.e.? friend,neighbor, etc.) in

lieu of rental for overnight warranty repair up t o

five day maximum.

Some state insurance regulations make i t impracticalto rent vehicles to people under 21 years of age. If

you are under 21 and have difficulty renting a vehicle,GMC will reimburse u p to $30/day for documentedtransportation you receive.

The Commitment Plus Courtesy Transportation Programis not part of the Bumper to Bumper Limited Warranty.G M C reserves the right to make any changes or

discontinue the Courtesy Transportation Program at anytime without notification.

For additional program details contact your GM C dealer.

In Canada, please consult your CM dealer forinformation on Courtesy Transportation.

8-8



GM Participation in an Alternative

Dispute Resolution Program

This program is available in all 50 states and theDistrict of Columbia. Canadian owners refer to yourW;lrranty and Owner Assistance Information booklet for

information on the Canadian Motor Vehicle ArbitrationPlan (CAMVAP). General Motors reserves the right to

change eligibility limitations and/or to discontinue tsparticipation i n this program.

Both GMC and your GMC dealer are committed to

making sure you are completely satisfied with your newvehicle. Our experience has shown that, if a situationarises where you feel your conce.rn has not beenadequately addressed. the Customer Satisfaction Proceduredescribed earlier in this section is very successful.

There may be instances where an impartial third partycan assist in arriving at a solution to a disagreementregarding vehicle repairs or interpretation of the NewVehicle Limited W;lrranty. To assist i n resolving thesedisagreements, GMC voluntarily participates in B B B

AUTO LINE.

B B B AUTO LINE is an out-of-court programadministered by the Better Business Bureau system r o

settle automotive disputes. Thisprogram is availablefree of charge to customers who currently own or lease a

GM vehicle.

If you are not satisfied after following the CustomerSatisfaction Procedure. you may contact th e BBB usingthe toll-free telephone number, or write them at thefollowing address:

BBB AUTO LINECouncil of Better Business Bureaus. Inc.4200 Wilson BoulevardSuite 800

Arlington, VA 22203- 1804Telephone: 1-800-955-5 100

To file a claim, you will be asked to provide YOLK nameand address. your Vehicle Identification Number ( V I N )

and a statement of the nature of your complaint.Eligibility is limited by vehicle age and mileage, andother factors.

8-9



We prefer you utilize the Cust.omer SatisfactionProcedure before you resort to AUTO LINE. but youmay contact the B B B at any time. The B B B will attemptto resolve the complaint serving as an intermediary, I f

this mediation is unsuccessful, an informal hearing willbe scheduled where. eligible clIston1ers may present their

case t o an impartid third-party arbitrator.

Warranty Information

Yout. vehicle comes with a separate warranty booklet

that: contains detailed warranty inf’ormation.

REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS

TO THE UNITED STATES

GOVERNMENT

I F you believe that yol~r ehicle ha s ;1 defect which could

cause a crash o r could cause injury or death, you shoulditntnediately inform the National Highway TrafficSafety Administration (NHTSA). n addition tonotifying General Mo to r s .

I f NHTSA receives similar complaints. it may open aninvestigation. and if i t finds that it safety defect exists in

a group of vehicles. it may order a recall and remedycampaign. Howww-, NHTSA cannot become involved

i n individual problems between you, YOLK dealer orGeneral Motors.

To contact NHTSA, you nay either call the Auto SafetyHotline toll-free at 1-800-424-9393 ( o r 366-0 123 in theWashington. D.C. area) or write to:

NHTSA. U.S. Department o f TransportationW‘lshington. D.C. 20590

You can a l so obtain other infcmnafion about motor\.ellick safety from the Hotline.

8-10



REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS TO

THE CANADIAN GOVERNMENT

I f you live in Canada, and you believe that your vehiclehas a safety defect. you should immediately notifyTransport Canada, i n addition to notifying GeneralMotors of Canada Limited. You may write to:

Transport CanadaBox 8880

Ottawa, Ontario K I G 352

REPORTING SAFETY DEFE

TO GENERAL MOTORS

I n addition to notifying NHTSA (or Transport Canada)in a situation like this. we certainly hope you'll notifyus . Please call us at I -800-GMC-8782( 1-800-462-8782) or write:

GMC Consumer Relations3 1 E. Judson Street 1607-04Pontiac, MI 48342-2230

In Canada, please call us at 1-800-263-3777 (English)or 1-800-263-7854 (French). Or, write:

General Motors of Canada LimitedCustomer Communication Centre1908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1 H 8P7

Ordering Service and Owner

Publications in Canada

1ervice manuals, service bulletins, owner's lnanuals a n c

other service literature are available fo r purchase for allcurrent and past model General Motors vehicles.

The toll-free telephone number for ordering informationin Canada is I-800-648-5539.

8-11



1997 GMC SERVICE PUBLICATIONS ORDERING INFORMATION

The following publications covering the operation and servicing of your vehicle can be purchased by fillinthe Service Publication Order Form in this bookand m ailing it in with your check, money o rder,

or credit card information to He lm, Incorporated (address below.)

CURRENT PUBL ICATIONS FOR 1997 GMC

SERVICE MANUALS

Service Manuals have the diagnosis and repair informationon engines, transmission, axle, suspension, brakes,

electrical, steering, body, etc.

RETAIL SELL PRICE: $90.00

TRANSMISSION, TRANSAXLE, TRANSFER CASE

UNIT REPAIR MANUALThis manual provides information on unit repair serviceprocedures, adjustments and specifications for the

1997GM transmissions, transaxles and transfer cases.

RETAIL SELL PRICE: $40.00

SERVICE BULLETINS

Service Bulletins give technical service information neededto knowledgeably service General Motors cars and trucks.

Each bulletin contains instructions to assist in thediagnosis and service of your vehicle.

PLEASE COMPLETE THE ORDER FORM SHOWN ONTHE FOLLOWING PAGE AND MAIL TO:

Helm, Incorporated P.0. Box 07130 Detroit, MI 48207

OWNER’S INFORMATION

Owner publications are written directly for Owners an

intended to provide basic operational information abo

vehicle. The owner’s manual will include the Maintena

Schedule for all models.

In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio, Owner’s Manual and

Warranty Booklet.RETAIL SELL PRICE: $15.00

Without Portfolio: Owner’s Manual only.

RETAIL SELL PRICE:$10.00

CURRENT & PAST MODEL ORDER FORMS

Service Publications are available for current and pasmodel GM vehicles. To request an order form, pleasespecify year and model nameof the vehicle.

OR ORDER TOLL FREE: 1-800-782-4356

Monday-Friday8:OO AM- :OO PM EasternTime

For Credit Card Orders Only (VISA-Mastercard-Disco



ORDER TOLL FREEservice. If further information is needed, write to the address shown below or callNOTE: For Credit Card HoldersOnly)Orders will be mailed within 10 days of receipt. P lease allow ade uate time or postal

information within 30 days of delivery. On returns, a re-stocking fee may be appliedMonday-Friday8:OO AM- :OO PM EST)1-800-782-4356.Material cannot be returned for credit without packing slip with return-800-782-4356

FAX Orders Only 1-313-865-5927 against the original order.

PUBLICATIONFORM ITEM DESCRIPTIONVEHICLE MODEL

QTY. I EACH*PRICE TOTAL

NUMBER NAME IYEAR PRICEI I

IServiceanual I I 1997 I I $90.00 I

IOwner’s Manual In Portfolio I 1997 I I $15.00 I~

Owner’sanualithoutortfolio 1997 $10.00

NOTE: Dealers and Companies please provide dealer or company name, and also the

name of the person towhose attention the shipment should be sent.

Mail completed order form to:

For purchases outside U S A . please write to the above address for quotation.

HELM. INCORPORATED P.O. Box07130 Detroit, MI48207

(CUSTOMER’S NAME) (ATTENTION)

(STREET ADDRESS-NO P.O. B OX NUMBERS)

(CITY) (STATE) (ZIP CODE)

DAYTIME TELEPHONE NO . 0AREA CODE

IC-ORD97 *(Prices are subject to change without notice and without incurringobligation. Allow ample time for delivery.)

-

PA

Y

M

EN

T

-

Check or MoneyOrder Davable to

Helm, Inc. (USA funds

only- o not send cash.)

Mastercard

0 ISAn

I I

TOTAL MATERtAL

Michigan Purchasersadd 6% sales ta x

US. Orderrocessing $5.00

Canadian Postage(See Note Below)

GRAND TOTAL

Discover I L

Expiration mDate mo/yr:

Check here if your billing addressis different fromyour shippingaddress shown.

CUSTOMER SIGNATURE

Note toCanadian Customers:All listed prices are quoted in U.S. funds. Canadian residentsare to make checks payable in US . funds. To cover Canadian postage, add$11.50plus theU.S. rder processing.



8-14



Section 9 Index

Accessory Power Outlcts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-03

Adding Sound Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20

A ir Bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20

Adding Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25H o w Does i t Restrain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23HowitWorks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 1. 2-73

Servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25What Makes i t Inflate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23What You See After i t Inflates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24When Should it Intlate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23

Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 13A ir Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 -3

Refrigerants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-64

All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.23. 6.21

A l u m i n u m Wheels. Clcaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 -5 5Antenna. Fixed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 I

Anti-Lock Brake System Warning Light . . . . . . . . . 2-76. 4-7Appeararlce CXC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-49

Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-57

Adding Equipment to the Outside of Your Vehicle . . . . . . 6-3

Add-on Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-44

Alignment and Balance.Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-46

Arbitration Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9

Armrest. Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-56

Audio Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6Automatic Overdrive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20Automatic Transmission

Ashtrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-61

Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-47Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14

Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18Park Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-49

Shifting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18Starting Your Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15

Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20

Axle

Backglass Wipers. B M ~ eplacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-40Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-32

Chargc Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-73

J u m p Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3Replaccment. Keyless Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ?-7Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.3. 55

BBB Auto Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9

Better Business Bureau Mediation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9

9-1



Clock.Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6Clutch. Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 19Comfort Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3- ICompact Disc Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 ICompact Spare Tire 3-33

Control o f a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-57Convex Outside Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50

Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 14.6-23Coolant Heater. Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2- I7

CruiseControl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-42Customer Assistance Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- I

Customer Satisfaction Procecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2

. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Courtesy Transportation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8

Damage.Finish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-56Damage. Sheet Metal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-55

Daytime Running Lamps Indicator Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-80Dead Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3

Defects. Reporting Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X- I O . 8- 1 1

Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2

Defogging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5

Defrosting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5

Dimensions

.Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-64

Dome Latmps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . --48Door

Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3

Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-56Drive. Automatic Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20

Daytime Running Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36

Drive Axlc Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-51Driver Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

City . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2Drunken . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4

Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35I n a Blizzard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39Night . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28

Ofl-Road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15

On Curves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9Rainy Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29

Snowy and Icy Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37Through Deep Standing Water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31

Wintet- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37With a Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-50

Driving On Grades Whilc Towing : Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 5 2

Drunken Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3

F ~ K W L I ~. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33

Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-29

E a s y Entry scat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7Electrical Equipmcnt

.Addin2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20, 6-58

Electrical System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-58

Elnergency Releasc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11

EIldgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9

M;tIlLlal R c l c ~ ~ e. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2- I O

Re111ote Release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11

9-3



Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . .. -8Coolant Heater ............................... 2-17Coolant Level Check .......................... 7-46Coolant Temperature Gage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -76

Fan Noise ................................... 5-22Exhaust ..................................... 2-34

Identification ................................ 6-58OilLevelCheck ............................... -46Overheating .................................5-12

Specifications ................................ 6-63Running While Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35

Starting .....................................2-15Engine Oil ..................................... 6-9

Additives ................................... 6- 12Checlung .................................... 6-9

Pressure Gage ................................ 2-79

When to Change.............................. 6-12

Express-Down Window .......................... 2-36Exterior Metal Parts, Protecting ................... 6-55

Adding ..................................... 6-10

Kindtouse .................................6-10

Used . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13

Exhaust, Engine ................................ 2-34

Fabric Cleaning ............................... 6-50Fifth Gear, Manual Transmission...................2-21FillingYourTank ................................ 6-5Filter

Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13Remote Oil ..................................6-12

Finishcare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i . . . . . . 6-54

First GearFinish Damage ................................. 6-56

AutomaticTransmission ....................... 2-20

Flashers, Hazard Warning ......................... 5-2Flat Tire, Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-23Fluids and Lubricants ....................... 6-64, 7-52Fog Lamp Switch ............................... 2-47Foreign Countries, Fuel ........................... -4Fourth Gear, Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-21Four-wheel Drive .........................2-23, 6-21

Front Map Lamps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-48Front Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47,2-51, 6-38Front Sidemarker Lamp Bulb Replacement..........6-36FrontStorageArea .............................. 2-56

ManualTransmission .......................... 2-21

Frenchanguageanual uFrontAxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22

.............................

FrontTowing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10Front Turn Signal Lamp Bulb Replacement .......... 6-36Fuel ..........................................6-3

Filling Your Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-5Foreign Countries .............................. 6-4

Fuses and Circuit Breakers .......................6-59Gage ....................................... -81

b a g e sEngine Coolant TemDerature ....................2-76

v L

Engine Oil Pressure ...........................2-79Fuel ....................................... -81

9-4 b



Garage Door Opener . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 1

GasCap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- 5Gate Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-81GAWR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-43Gear Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2- 18G I o v ~ O X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50Gross Axle Weight Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-43Gross Vehicle Weight Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42Guide en Franqais 1 1

GVWR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42

... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Ha lo ge n Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-33Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6

Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35

BulbReplacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-33High/LowBeam Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-46Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-59

Hearing Impaired. Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3

Highway Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35Hitches. Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-48

Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37Hydraulic Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6- I9

Hydroplaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 I

Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6

Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-47

Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Brake System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-50Throttle Linkage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-50Transfer Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-51

Instrurnent Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-67Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-52Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-69

Interior Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47

Exhallst Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-50

Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-50

F~seBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-59

Jacking Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3

K e y n the I.ylilion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12Key Lock Cylinders Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-47Key Release Burton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15Keyless Entry System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6

Keys . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . 2-2

9-5



LabelsCertificatioflire ............................. 4-42

Fuse ....................................... 6-60Safety Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-48Service Parts Identification ..................... 6-58Vehicle Identification Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-58

Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45

Dome ...................................... 2-48FrontMap ................................... 2-48Front Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47, 2-51

Latches, Seatback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6Leaving Your Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5Leaving Your Vehicle with the Engine Running . . . . . . . 2-32

Air Bag Readiness ....................... 1-21, 2-73Anti-Lock Brake System Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-76, 4-7Brake System Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-75Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-73

Daytime Running Lamps Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-80Gate Ajar ................................... 2-81Safety Belt Reminder ...................... 1-9, 2-72

Service Engine Soon .......................... 2-77Shift .................................. 2-22, 2-80

Loading Your Vehicle ........................... 4-42Locking Rear Axle .............................. 2-23LockoutSwitch ................................ 2-37

Interior ..................................... 2-47OnReminder ................................ 2-4 6

Lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-61

Lights

CheckGages ................................ 2-80

Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4Key Lock Cylinder Service ..................... 7-47

PowerDoor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5Rear Door Security ............................. 2-5

Steering Column Park Lock Check ............... -49Loss of Control ................................ 4-13

Lubricants and Fluids ....................... 6-64, 7-52Lubrication Service, Body ........................ 7-47

Luggagecarrier ................................ 2-59Lumbar Controls ............................ 1-3,1-4

Maint enance Record ........................... 7-55Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1

Long Tripmighway ....................... 7-6, 7-30Owner Checks and Services ..................... 7-46Periodic Maintenance Inspections ................ 7-50Recommended Fluids and Lubricants .............7-52Scheduled Maintenance Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4Short TripKity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5, 7-7

Maintenance, Underbody ......................... 6-56Maintenance When Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-54Malfunction Indicator Lamp ...................... 2-77Manual Front Seat ............................... 1-2Manual Lumbar Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3

Manual TransmissionCheck ...................................... 7-47Fluid ....................................... 6-18Shifting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21Starting Your Engine .......................... 2-16

9-6



Methanol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-49

Convex Outside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50Inside Day/Night Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-49Outside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-49VisorVanity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-62

Model Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vi

Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -35Multifunction Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-38

N e t . Convenience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-57Neutral

Automatic Trans~nission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2- I9Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22

New Vehicle "Break-In" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2- I3Nightvision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . -63

Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.68Off-Road Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4- 15Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4- I 1

Opener, Garage Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 1

Ordering Owner and Service Publications . . . . . . . 8- 1 1 . 8- 12

Outside MirrorManual Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-49Power Remote Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-49Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50

Overdrive,Automatic Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-20

Oil. Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9

OverheadConsole . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50Overheating Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12Owner Checks and Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-46

Owner Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11 .P a i n t Spotting. Chemical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-56Park

AutomaticTransmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18Shifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33

AtNight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12

Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29Brake Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-49Lots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12On Hills with a Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-52Over Things That Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34Your Vehicle. Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33

Passing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12Payload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-44Periodic Maintenance Inspections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-50

PowerAccessory Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-63DoorLocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5Remote Control Mirror ........................ 2-49

Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9Steering Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36

Powerseat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3

LumbarControls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4

Parking

9-7



Pregnancy. Use of Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-26Problems on the Road ............................ 5-1Publications. Service and Owner . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- 11. 8- 12

Radiator. Adding Coolant ....................... -19Radiator Pressure Cap ........................... 6-26Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19

AM-FM Stereo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6Cassette Care ........................... 3-20. 7-46Cassette Tape Player ...................... 3.8.3.10Compact Disc Player .......................... 3- 13Theft-Deterrent Feature. CD Player ..............3-17

Rain. Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29

Axle ....................................... 6-20DoorSecarityLocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -5Safety Belt Comfort Guides .................... 1-31SeatPassengers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-28Seats ........................................ l-7Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -11Window Defogger .............................3-5Window WasherNlper ........................ 2-41

RearSeats ...................................... -7Rearview Mirror ................................2-49

Reclining Front Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -4Recornmended Fluids and Lubricants .......... 6-64. 7-52Recovery Hooks ................................5-37Recovery Tank. Coolant .......................... 5-16Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-41

Radios

Rear

ReplacementBulbs ...................................... 6-62Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-63Wheel ......................................6-46

Reporting Safety Defects .................... 8-10. 8.11

Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -47Child ....................................... 1-37Head ........................................ 1-6Replacing Parts After a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-48

AutomaticTransmission ....................... 2-19Manual Transmiss-ion.......................... 2-22

Right Front Passenger Position .................... 1-26Roadside Assistance.............................. 8-5

Canadian .................................... 8-7Rocking Your Vehicle ........................... -37Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-42

RestraintsCheck ...................................... -47

Reverse

safety Belts ................................... 1-8Adults ...................................... 1-13Care ....................................... 6-52Center Front Passenger Position ................. 1-26Center Rear Passenger Position .................. 1-34

Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-35,1-44DriverPosition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13Extender .................................... 1-47How to Wear Properly ......................... 1-13Lap Belt ............................... 1-27, 1-34

9-8



Lap-Shoulder ........................... 1.13. 1-28Questions and Answers ........................ 1.2Rear Comfort Guides .......................... 1-3 1Rear Seat Passengers .......................... 1-28Replacing After a Crash ........................ 1-48Right Front Passenger Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-26Use During Pregnancy ......................... 1-26

WhyTheyWork ............................... 1-9SafetyChains .................................. 4-49Safety Defects. Reporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.10.8.11Safety Warnings and Symbols ....................... iiiScheduled Maintenance Services.................... 7-4Seatback

Latches ...................................... 1-6RecliningFront ............................... 1-4

Seats and Restraint Systems ........................ 1-1

Second GearAutomaticTransmission ....................... 2-20Manual Transmission .......................... 2-21

Service and Appearance Care ...................... 6-1Service and Owner Publications .............. 8.11.8.12Service Engine Soon Light ....................... 2-77Service Parts Identification Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-58Service Work. Doing Your Own .................... 6-2Servicing Your Air Bag-Equipped Vehicle ........... 1-25

Sheet Metal Damage ............................ 6-55Shift Light ............................... 2.22.2.80Shifting .................................. 2- 18. 2.21

Into Park .................................... 2-30Out of Park .................................. 2-33

SignalingTurns ................................ 2-39SIR .......................................... 1-20Skidding ...................................... 4-13Specifications and Capacities ................. .63. 6.64Speech Impaired. Customer Assistance ...............8-4Speedometer ................................... 2-71Stains. Cleaning ................................ 6-51

Starter Switch Check ............................ 7-48Starting Your Engine ............................ 2-15Steam ........................................ 5-12Steering

In Emergencies ............................... 4-10Power ....................................... 4-9

Steering Column Park Lock Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-49Steering Wheel. Tilt ............................. 2-38Storage Compartments ........................... 2-50

Storage. Vehicle ................................ 6-33Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools ...............5-32Stuck: In Sand. Mud. Ice or Snow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-36Sunvisors .................................... 2-62Sunglasses Storage .............................. 2-56Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-63Supplemental Inflatable Restraint .................. 1-20

Symbols. Vehicle ..................................

Tachometer .................................. 2-71Taillamp Bulb Replacement ....................... 6-37TapePlayerCare ............................... 3-20Temnerature and Compass Display .................2-53

9-9



Theft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12THEFTLOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3- 17

Thermostat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26Third Gear. Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -2 ITilt Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-38Time. Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-48

TiresAlignme. t and Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -46BuyingNew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-44Changing a Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-55Inflation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-41.7-46Inspection and Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-42Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-41Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-46

Traction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -46Treadwear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-45Uniform Quality Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-45Wear Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-44When It’s Time for New . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-44

Topstrap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-38TorqueLock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32

Towing a Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-45

Towing. Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 1

Towing Your Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7Trailer

Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-49

Torque. Wheel Nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32. 6-63

Driving on Grades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-52

Hitches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-48

Driving with a Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-50

Maintenance When Towing ..................... 4-54Parking on Hills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-52Safety Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-49

Total Weight on Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-48Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-45

Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [ . . . . . . . . 4-46Wiring Harness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-55

Transfer Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21Electronic . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . -26Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24

Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-18

Transmitters. Keyless Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-6Transportation. Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -8

Trip. Before Leaving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-71

Tongueweight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-47

Turnsignals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -51

Transmission Fluid

TTYUsers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4Turn Signal and Lane Change Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-39Turn Signals When Towing a Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-51

Underbody Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-56Underhood Lamp Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-37

9-10



Universal Transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-64Erasing Channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -66Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-66Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-65Rolling Code Openers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-66

Used Replaceme. t Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-47

v an it y Mirror Lamp Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-38Vehicle Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6Vehicle Damage Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv

Vehicle Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-64Vehicle Identification Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-58Vehicle Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42Vehicle Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-33Vehicle Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v

Ventilation System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4Visors. Sun . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-62Voltmeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-74

w ar ni n g Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2Warning Lights. Gages and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-72Warranty Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8- I O

Washer Fluid. Windshield ........................ 6-27Washing Your Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-54

Weatherstrips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-53Wheel Alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-46Wheel Nut Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.32. 6-63Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-46Windows

Express-Down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36Lockout Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37

Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36Swing-Out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37

Windshield Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-27FluidLevel Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-46

Windshield Wiper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40Bladecheck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-47Blade Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-38

Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-59Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41

Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37Wiring. Headlamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-59Wrecker Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7

9-11



b% NOTES



800 r



'ansmission (4

-134a Re



X971 1

manual gmc

Documents